"THE TIME FOR MOWING HAS ARRIVED"

14 "I looked, and behold a white cloud; and on the cloud sat one like the Son of
Man, who had a golden crown on his head, and a sharp sickle in his hand.                  

15 And out of the temple came another angel, crying out with a loud voice to him
that sat upon the cloud: Put in your sickle, and reap; For the time to reap has come,
for the harvest of the earth is ripe.                  

16 And he that sat upon the cloud put his sickle into the earth, and the earth was
reaped. 17 Another angel came out of the temple that is in heaven, also having
a sharp sickle.                  
18 And another angel came out from the altar, who had power over the fire, and
called to the one with the sharp sickle with a loud voice, saying, Put in your sharp
sickle, and harvest the clusters of the earth, because their grapes are ripe.                  

19 And the angel threw his sickle on the ground , and harvested the vineyard of
the earth, and threw the grapes in the great winepress of the wrath of God.                

20 And the winepress was trodden outside the city, and blood came out of the
winepress to the bridle of the horses, for sixteen hundred stadia. "                

(REVELATION 14: 14 TO 20) 

"Now the message of the angel following the third should be given in all parts of
the world.
It must be the message of the harvest, and the whole earth will be illuminated with
the glory of the Lord. "
(Letter 86, 1900; EUD. P. 177. APIA) NOTE: THE OPINION EXPRESSED IN
THIS BOOK DOES NOT REPRESENT THE OFFICIAL BELIEF OF THE
SEVENTH-DAY ADVENTIST CHURCH. THIS ONLY CONSTITUTES THE
PERSONAL OPINION OF ITS AUTHOR; WHICH IS FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR
THE OPINIONS AND COMMENTS PRESENTED IN THIS BOOK. 

 
 

Introduction

From mid-January to December 2012, the content of what we want to share with
you at this time began to take shape. Practically, without realizing it, the author of
this work was discovering certain revealing data that could become a new light to
share with the remnant people of God in the end time. This new light has to do
with the message of the harvest, present in chapter 14 of the biblical book of
Revelation. This portion that speaks of the harvest, in said chapter, is the
antitypical fulfillment of the feast of Tabernacles or of the Enramadas which is
ordered, more than 3500 years ago, from the days of Moses, in chapter 23 of the
book Leviticus. After arriving, in December 2012, at the conclusions that we will
present later, the author of this work spent the whole year 2013, until the month of
January 2014, analyzing any possible objection to his discoveries. As he advanced ,
step by step, in his studies, each objection disappeared. Through a systematic
study of the subject at hand, he came to the full conviction of being able to answer
every objection with the Bible and the Spirit of Prophecy. Thus he evaded for a
time to resent the public his discoveries, while he could find the suspicion that any
contradiction could appear against what he discovered. But the result of this
revision prompted him to a greater obligation, which the Bible called the
watchtower's duty in chapters 3 and 33 of the book of the prophet Ezekiel. As a
result, he began to speak more openly on this subject with a private circle of
brothers in the faith. But very few listened with real interest. The writer of this
work discovered that he was repeating the experience of Guillermo Miller, lived
between the years 1816 to 1821. She is narrated in the book The Great Controversy,
in its chapter 19, from pages 376 to 379. Not by this reference should they
think that this person is claiming to be a second Guillermo Miller. He was a
different person who had to live in a different time than today. Of course, with a
message totally related to this that is intended to share today. Guillerm or Miller
announced the prophetic message contained in (Revelation 14: 6 and 7). In that
passage the time of the beginning of the judgment, arrived on October 22, 1844,
was preannounced, which was based on the Biblical prophecies contained in
chapters 8 and 9 of the book of Daniel. These passages in turn related to the feast of
Yom Kippur or the Day of Atonement, established in (Leviticus 23: 26-32). In this
book we will talk about the repetition of the experience of Guillermo Miller, in the
discovery of the truth of the message of the harvest proclaimed by the fourth angel
that follows the third in Revelation 14. This fourth angel, present in Revelation 14,
announces a time for the beginning of the harvest, in the likeness of the first angel,
who loudly announces the arrival of an hour for judgment. This message, like that
of the first angel, is based on a predetermined time, for future fulfillment, by the
omniscient divine will. Both establish their foundation in chapter 23 of the book of
Leviticus. In the manner of Miller, the author of this work, had no idea that he
would reach the conclusions presented in this material. The results of his studies
surprised him, but the biblical evidence was too obvious and conclusive for him to
reject. Given the short time remaining for the development of events, pre-
announced at the feast of tabernacles, the author of this work felt committed to
sharing his duty and responsibility with the world in relation to the evidence that
moved his own heart. Like Miller's model, he felt a personal duty to share the light
received with others. Their fear, like Miller's, has been none other than their joy in
sharing this new message so that many receive the doctrine without carefully
examining the Holy Scriptures. The author's desire is that those who hear the
message be like the disciples of Berea whom the Apostle Paul praised because they
checked for themselves, through the Scriptures, to see if what Paul was saying was
true. Therefore, as happened to Guillermo Miller, he hesitated for more than 2
years to present the results of his investigations. His fear has been being wrong
and being a stumbling block to others. So he devoted himself to a thorough review
of the evidence that supports his conclusion, carefully considering every difficulty
that presented itself to his mind. But like Guillermo Miller, it also happened to
him, since the objectionsin his mind they faded away, before the light of the Holy
Word of God. The two years devoted to the study of this subject left him totally
convinced that there is a new light for the people of God. Thus, in the manner of
the Adventist pioneer , he felt the duty and responsibility of the watchtower on his
shoulders. He felt the need to let the Church and the world know what he believed
to be new light and present truth. So, in Miller's way, he began to present his
reasoning in a private circle of church brethren, whenever an opportunity was
offered, praying to God that someone would feel the strength of this message and
have the courage to join him in the proclamation. But like Miller, the conviction of
personal duty did not free him in his commitment to give the warning. This work
is the result of his conviction, when presenting to the world what he considers to
be a message from God. The subject presented in later chapters relates to the
quotation from the Great Controversy which reads as follows: "The immolation of
the paschal lamb foreshadowed the death of Christ. Saint Paul says: 'Our passover,
which is Christ, was sacrificed for us. '(1 Corinthians 5: 7) The sheaf of the
firstfruits of wheat , which was the custom to rock before the Lord at Easter, was a
typical figure of the resurrection of Christ, Saint Paul says, speaking of the
resurrection of the Lord and of all his people: 'Christ the firstfruits, then those who
are Christ's at his coming.' (1 Corinthians 15:23) As the sheaf of the wave offering,
which was the firstfruits or the first ripe grains collected before the harvest, so also
Christ is the firstfruits of that immortal harvest of rescued that in the future
resurrection will be collected two in the barn of God. These symbols were fulfilled
not only in terms of event but also in time. On the 14th day of the first month of the
Jews, the same day and the same month in which fifteen long centuries before the
Passover lamb had sid or slain, Christ, after having eaten the passover with his
disciples, established the institution that was to commemorate his own death as
'Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world.' That same night he was
apprehended by ungodly hands, to be crucified and slain. And as an antitype of
the wave sheaf, our Lord was raised from the dead on the third day, "firstfruits of
those who slept," as an example of all righteous to be resurrected, whose 'vile
body' will 'transform' and will be 'like his glorious body.' (1 Corinthians 15:20;
Philippians 3:21.) Likewise, the symbols that refer to the second advent must be
fulfilled at the time indicated by the symbolic ritual. " (Great Controversy, Chapter
23, pp 450, 451). In this quote reference is being made to the Jewish festivals of
Leviticus 23. These festivals were both spring and autumn. They were a shadow,
symbol or type of reality or antitype that would literally be fulfilled in terms of the
event and the time specified by the symbolic ritual of the festivals of Leviticus 23.
The first four festivals that were to be celebrated in the spring, were fulfilled
during the time of the first coming of Christ, literally and with complete precision,
regarding the events and dates that were foretold in the Old Testament. The last
three festivals, which fell in the fall, had to be fulfilled in the same way, regarding
the events and dates announced by the symbolic ritual of the Old Test ament,
present in Leviticus 23. These autumnal festivals are closely related to the events of
the Second Coming of Christ to the world. Until the present time, the first 6
festivals of Leviticus chapter 23 have been fulfilled with precision , regarding their
events and dates. From Easter, celebrated on Nisan 14, AD 31, with the death of
Christ, to the beginning of the Day of Atonement on October 22, 1844, the date on
which the investigative judgment in heaven began, its literal fulfillment As for
events and dates, it has been impressive. If only the seventh of these feasts, present
in Leviticus 23, is missing, because it is fulfilled in its antitypical reality, we can be
sure that it will be literally fulfilled in terms of the event and the time specified in
the symbolic ritual, as they have done its 6 predecessors. We must keep in mind
that this seventh feast, called the Tabernacles, Harvest or Enramadas, is totally a
symbol of the events of the harvest of the people of God in the Second Coming of
Christ to the Earth and their heavenly meeting. That and no other is the event
represented by the seventh feast, in the symbolic ritual of Leviticus 23. But like the
six feasts that precede it , this has a time in which it was celebrated, and at that
time and not other than the specified by the symbolic ritual was to be held. If the
previous six were prophetically fulfilled, in history, on the exact date specified in
the ritual if symbolic, then the latter should be no less than the previous ones. She
represents the Second Coming of Christ to Earth, as an event. Therefore, its ritual
date only tells us one thing: The exact time of the fulfillment of these events. For
this reason, the author of this work is fully convinced that, in light of these biblical
evidences, it is possible to know, in advance, the date of the Second Coming of
Christ to Earth. But given how controversial the presentation of this topic can be,
its author asks for complete calm and balanced judgment from his readers and
opponents. He asks that they please avoid issuing any hasty judgment without
first reading his reasoning and convictions. He asks that they please cast out
a preconception or all and, as sincere, balanced and mature Christians , analyze
their position, in light of the following biblical passage: "To the Law and to the
Testimony, if you do not speak accordingly, it is because it has not dawned.
" (Isaiah 8:20). Your speaker is in favor of you, before reaching any anticipated
conclusion, first of all read and analyze the steps to be followed when someone
says they are presenting a new light to the people of God. These steps can be found
in the first chapter of this book, which is titled: "The New Light." The author of this
work does not consider himself a pessimist. He has found many factors to base his
optimism centered, with total hope, on the spiritual and unprejudiced maturity of
his sincere readers. He is convinced that every Seventh-day Adventist understands
and accepts the declaration presented in the preamble of "The Fundamental
Beliefs" of 1980. There he expresses, emphatically, that we are not limited by any
human creed , but that we consider the Bible as our only creed. Although we do
not accept levels of inspiration, we do accept levels of authority from inspired
writings. So we believe that all inspired writing must be subject to the canonical
authority of the Bible. Because the Bible is the perfect Word, inspired by God,
brought to men through the imperfect vehicle of human language; we must take
care and total reverence when studying his writings. We must have a humble
attitude before the Words of Heavenly Majesty; and more when we believe that
you may be trying to bring a new light, to your children, through its inspired
pages. The Bible is infallible, but not all our interpretations are. We must ask God
for balance to avoid fanatical dogmatism in all our convictions. We can gain
sufficient knowledge of the truth, although perhaps not a perfect knowledge of
it. We can know something true without fully understanding it in all its
dimensions. It is a great challenge for every living being to study the Bible
objectively. It is much easier for human beings to study it apologetically. A sign of
Christian spiritual maturity is being able to hold a judgment on hold until we can
count on all the evidence. It is not evidence of weakness to change your mind if the
evidence demands it. So we must avoid clinging to preconceptions that constitute
dogmas that lead to intolerance. The true conservative only preserves what is
worth preserving. The true liberal accepts what is worth accepting. The union of
these two positions lead us to a non-dogmatic Christian balance. So our emphasis
on the single Word of God, as the only creed for Christianity, has given us as a
beautiful inheritance the 28 fundamental doctrines. It has also required us to
acknowledge, in all humility, that our core beliefs are only the " understanding and
expression of the church" and not a message textually dictated by God or angels
from Heaven. Having this concept very clear, in our minds, will leave our
understanding free of prejudices and totally open to the reception of the new
lights, of the revealed and inspired Word, when they come to us. This position
suggests to us that we can expect future revisions in our beliefs. All this will only
be inheritance, example and direct fruit of the work of the reforming spirit that
bequeathed us the pioneers of the Adventist movement. They always remained
open to the teachings of the Holy Spirit. All this will help us, as in the past, to
perfect our relationship with God. The example of spirituality in the historical
reforming character of God's remnant people exhorts us to remain open to the
influence of the Spirit of God. The Comforter, according to the biblical promise,
"will guide us into all truth." We must never forget that as a remnant people of the
end time we are the continuators of the development of Adventist thought created
by God in the hearts of the pioneers. For all that and more we should feel total
rejoicing if we manage, in the 21st century, to capture the spirit of men and women
such as Miller, Jaime White, José Bates, Ellen White, etc. We must express a spirit
of sincerity, holy, humble and reformer in our lives; thereby contributing to the
revival that God awaits within the ranks of His church from the end
time. Therefore, at this time, it is necessary to clarify that the author of this book is
not a dissenter, nor is his intention to provoke dissension among the remnant
people of God. Humbly, he has only limited himself to presenting what he
has discovered, with the total conviction that in this God has given him the
responsibility to share it with others. He does not believe that he possesses all the
light, referring to the subject in question, so that both his mind and his spirit are
totally open to any support or criticism based on the Word of God and the Spirit of
Prophecy. One thing if it is very true in all this, and it is found expressed in the
wise and inspired words of Gamaliel: "... if this advice or this work is of men, it
will vanish; but if it is from God, you cannot destroy; you may not be found
fighting against God. " (Acts 5:38 and 39). The author of this work is of Cuban
origin and came to the United States as a religious refugee on July 24, 2014. He
discovered all this while in Cuba, without any access to other information other
than the Bible and the Spirit of Prophecy. . In his country of origin, he and the
majority of the population do not have free access to the Internet. He thought,
before coming to the United States, that he was the only one talking about this
matter. But he was very surprised to learn that he reached the same conclusion as
other Adventist brothers. The first is the Spanish Víctor Sanvicens and the second
is another who calls himself Elías Tisbita. Two weeks after being in this land of
freedom, looking for some information on the Internet, he found several studies on
the same subject, posted online, by these brothers, with whom he had had no
contact. It gave him great joy to know that he was not alone in proclaiming his
discoveries. He is convinced that if God is in this message, nobody and nothing
will be able to stop his advance until the end of days. But equally if the will of God
is not in it (the message), it will completely vanish . One thing if it is very true in
this work and is the humble sincerity of its author. If he is wrong, in what he raises
and defends, he only asks God for his forgiveness and guides him on the right
path. But if this is present truth and new light, as he believes it to be, that the Holy
Spirit will not allow him to remain silent, even if the heavens collapse on him as a
result of the opposition and criticism of his adversaries. So the author of this book
believes that this and no other time is the time to follow the inspired advice that
ordered the following: "Now the message of the angel following the third should
be given in all parts of the world. It should be the message of the harvest, and the
whole earth will be illuminated with the glory of the Lord. " (Letter 86, 1900; EUD.
APIA 2006, p 177). (The emphasis is mine). The desire and prayer of the author of
this work is that Jehovah bless you and keep you always. ! MARANATHA very
SOON!
(Revelation 22:12). 

The author. 

 
  

INDEX

Chapter 1— THE NEW LIGHT -------------------------------------------- ------- 10

Chapter 2 — THE DAY AND THE TIME NOBODY KNOWS IT -------------
16
Chapter 3 — THE PROPHECY OF THE 70 WEEKS ----------------------- 25

Chapter 4 — THE TIME WOULD BE NO MORE ---------------- -------------------- 34

Chapter 5 — THE PROPHETIC PERIODS ---------------------------------- 38

Chapter 6 — THE JEWISH HOLIDAYS -------------------------------------------- - 42

Chapter 7 — CHRONOGENEALOGIES AND THE 6000 YEARS ---------- 57

Chapter 8 — THE BIBLE AND THE 4000 YEARS ------------------------------------ 64

Chapter 9 — THE APPARENT TARDINESS ------------------------------------- 75

Chapter 10 — THE YEAR 2031 (THE 4000 AND 6000 YEARS OF SIN) ---- 84

Chapter 11 — THE GATE OF ORION -------------------- ----------------------- 89

Chapter 12 — OTHER BIBLE TESTS ABOUT THE YEAR 2031 ---- 107

 
 

 
  

CHAPTER 1 THE NEW LIGHT

"But the path of the righteous is like the light of dawn, which increases until the
day is perfect." (Proverbs 4:18) The true spirit of reform should never cease within
the ranks of God's remnant people. This is the essential principle in the ranks of
Christian Protestantism. In the history of the Christian church there are plenty of
examples of reforms based on pure biblical truth. But time after time, her faithful
defenders have had to raise her through fierce and fierce conflicts with the enemies
of God. They have had to face censorship and fierce opposition from their
detractors, who have falsified their purposes and their best intentions. Reformers
within the people of God have historically been judged , by their enemies, in bad
faith, in their character and intentions, in bringing to everyone the pure truth of
God. Every time a new truth has been taught, in the vast majority of cases, its
defenders have been accused of being proud, conflictive, and even many times as
dissidents. Ellen White explains the reason why Jesus Christ and all the martyrs
were slain, as follows: "Because they seemed to proudly despise the wisdom of
their time and because they announced no truths without having previously and
humbly consulted the organs of contrary opinion [...] I should not consult human
prudence, but the advice of God, who will contain it? If it is not, who will advance
it? Neither my will nor theirs, nor ours , but yours, oh Holy Father, you are in
Heaven! " (Great Controversy, Chapter 7, p. 40). Here Ellen White quoted Martin
Luther's words, thus confirming the historical rejection of God's enemies to the
new lights of biblical truth , discovered by the Holy Spirit to Christian reformers at
every time in the history of Christianity. Ellen White continues to write us the
following, regarding the reforming acceptance of new lights, within
Christianity, "The Reformation did not end, as many believe, at the end of Luther's
life. It has yet to continue until the end of the world Luther had a great work to do,
that of making known to others the light that God made shine in his heart, but he
did not receive all the light that was going to be given to the world. From that time
until today and without interruption , new lights have shone on the Scriptures and
new truths have been made known. " (Great Controversy, Chapter 8, p. 158). The
great problem for us human beings is that we cling to our historical traditions and
we persist many times not to accept more light than what our predecessors
saw. We tend to establish creeds, when we know more than enough, as we
recognize in the introduction of our fundamental beliefs, that we have only one
creed and that creed is the Bible and the Bible alone, as Martin Luther said more
than 500 years ago. In each epoch of history, many have clung to the discoveries of
their ancestors, turning them into traditions. But when God has sent a new light to
his children, these are the first opponents who refuse to advance on the path of the
new light. They reject her for the sole and simple reason that her parents did not
receive her, because they did not get to know her. This is a warning to us "who
have reached the end of time" (1 Corinthians 10:11), so that we do not fall into such
an error, repeating, like our ancestors, such a sad story. These facts have been more
the rule than the exception, and we could end up falling into blasphemy against
the Holy Spirit, who is the only one who can lead us to all the truth. Ellen White
tells us of John Robinson, who was the great spiritual leader of the "Puritan Pilgrim
Fathers," who had fled the persecution of the Anglican Church. She tells us that
they took refuge in the Dutch land and from there gave her last farewell sermon,
when she sent her disciples to the New World, in search of freedom of conscience
and religion. Prevented from traveling on a new adventure, this holy servant of
God became, in that farewell sermon, a prophet who surely did not understand the
depth and scope of the message expressed in those farewell words. According to
the writings of Ellen White, he said: "Brothers, I [...] exhort you before God and his
holy angels not to follow me beyond what I have followed Christ. If God wants to
reveal something to you through Be ready to receive one of his instruments as you
were to receive the truth through my ministry, for I am sure that the Lord has
more truths and more lights to draw from his Holy Word. " (Great Controversy ,
pp 335 and 336). She continues to quote Robinson in the following words: "For my
part, I cannot deplore the rather sad condition of the Reformed churches that have
come to an end in religion, and do not want to go further than their
promoters were. The Lutherans cannot be made to go beyond what Luther saw,
and the Calvinists [...] you see them staying tenaciously at the point left by the
great servant of God who failed to see everything. a misfortune that is worth
regretting, because even though in their time they were lights that burned and
shone, they did not penetrate all the plans of God, and if they lived today they
would be as willing to receive the additional light as they were to accept the first to
be dispensed. " (Ibidem) She continues writing: "Remember the covenant of your
church, in it you promised to walk in all the ways that the Lord has given or makes
known to you. Remember your promise and the covenant that you made with God
and some with others, to receive any truth and light that is shown to you in his
written Word. But, nevertheless, be careful, I beg you, to see what you accept as
truth. Examine it, consider it and compare it with other passages of the
Scriptures of true before accepting it because it is not possible that the Christian
world, so recently emerged from the thick anti-Christian darkness, could
immediately reach a perfect knowledge in all things. " (Ibid). At the end of this
chapter of the Great Controversy, she concludes: "The great principle that
Robinson and Rogelio Williams defended so remarkably that truth is progressive,
and that Christians must be ready to accept all the light that comes from the Holy
Word of God, lost by his descendants, the errors and superstitions that could have
disappeared had the church continued to advance in the light of the Word of God,
were preserved and continued to be practiced. , the spirit inspired by the
Reformation died gradually, until the need for reform was felt in the Protestant
churches, as much as was needed in the Roman church in Luther's time. " (Ibid
342). I believe that no one is capable of affirming that, as the remnant people of
God, we do not face a similar danger in our day. We must beware of the
temptation to want to affirm that there are no more new truths for our time,
because we would be falling into the vicious circle of repeating the same mistake
that past generations incurred. We should not conclude that we have already
received all the light of God's Word as a result of the investigations of the pioneers
of the Advent movement and the prophetic ministry of Ellen G. White. With
this argument we would be contradicting her own words and therefore those of
the Holy Spirit himself who inspired her in her writings. She herself wrote that the
Reformation was not over and that it would continue until the very end of the
history of sin. Furthermore, he said that we would receive new lights, emanating
from the Holy Word of God and that we should not reject them if they resisted the
tests of the Holy Scriptures themselves. God inspired her, leaving us with enough
light, regarding the steps the church should take when someone claims to have a
new light. If we follow his inspired advice, step by step, we can be sure that we
will not fail to give a final verdict on the acceptance or rejection of what appears as
a new light. The first steps, discussed here, are taken from the book "Testimonies
for Ministers", on its pages 105 to 111. Let us see what the Spirit of Prophecy
advises us about this matter: 1. "The Lord often works where we do not We least
expect it, it surprises us by revealing its power through instruments of its own
choice, while it overlooks the men through whom we hoped that the light would
come ... "2." Everyone must be careful to present new interpretations of the
Scriptures before having studied them thoroughly and being fully capable of
supporting them with the Bible ... "3." Do not introduce anything that causes
dissension if you do not have in it clear evidence that God is giving
a special message in it for this time." 4. "Beware of rejecting what is true." 5. "Our
only correct procedure would be to sit down as Christians to investigate the
position presented, in light of the Word of God, which would reveal the truth
and unmask error." 6. "Ridiculing his ideas will not weaken his position in the
least, if it were false, nor will it strengthen your position if it were correct." 7. "If the
columns of our faith do not bear the test of investigation, it is time for us to
know." 8. "No spirit of self-righteousness should have a place among us." 9. "If a
brother is teaching error, those in positions of responsibility should know it; and if
he is teaching the truth, they must stand resolutely on his side." 10. "All of us must
know what is taught in our environment, because if it is the truth, we need to
know it ... We all have the obligation towards God to understand what He sends
us." 11. "He has given us instructions by which we can test all doctrine (Isaiah
8:20). But if he agrees with this test, do not be so full of prejudice that you cannot
accept a point; simply because it does not agree with your ideas. " Ellen White
continues to speak to us on the same subject in her book "Sabbath School Work
Advice." In her pages, 26 to 35, she wrote the following: "There is still much
precious truth to be revealed to the people in this time of danger and darkness, but
it is the determined purpose of Satan to prevent the rays of light from the Truth
penetrate the hearts of men If we want to have the light that has been provided for
us, we must manifest our desire for it by diligent effort in searching the Word of
God Precious truths, long hidden , must be revealed in a way that will reveal its
sacred value, because God will glorify His Word so that it appears in a way that
we have never seen it before. But those who profess to love the truth must exercise
their faculties to the utmost. in order to understand the profound things of the
Word so that God may be glorified and his people blessed and enlightened ... A
precious light must shine from the Word of God and no one dares to say what
should or what should not be exposed to the people in the messages of
illumination that He sends, thus quenching the Spirit of God. Whatever their
position of authority, no one has the right to prevent the light from reaching
the town ... "(COES pp 26, 29 and 30). From the continuation of this important
quote we can extract other steps to follow when examining the new light Let's see:
1. "Is it looking for hidden treasures to call the result of another's work a pile of
garbage , without critically examining whether or not there are precious real jewels
in that collection of thoughts that you condemn?" 2 Those who know next to
nothing should not abstain from attending any meeting where an opportunity is
offered to investigate the messages that come to town only because it seems to
them that the opinions of those who teach the truth do not agree with what they
have said. believed to be true. "3." None of those who imagine it knows everything
is too old or too intelligent to take hold of the most humble of the messengers of
the living God. "4." When a new light is presented to the church it is dangerous
that the r you throw. Refusing to listen because you harbor prejudice against the
message or the messenger will not excuse your case before God . "5." Condemning
what you have not heard and do not understand will not exalt your wisdom in the
eyes of those who are candid in their investigations of the truth. "6." To speak with
contempt of those whom God has sent with a message of truth is folly and folly.
"7." They must not conclude that all truth has been revealed and that the Infinite
has not he has more light for his people. "She concluded by advising the
following:" If they entrench themselves in the belief that all the truth has been
revealed they would be in danger of rejecting as useless the precious jewels of
truth that will be discovered when men return it. attention to the scrutiny of the
rich mine of the Word of God. "(COES, p 35). Without a doubt, similar to what
happened to Jesus and the other immolated martyrs, it has happened many times
with that Those who dared to teach new lights of the Word of God to the
people. All because they seemed to proudly despise, as the inspired council says,
the wisdom of the ruling institution of their time. This because they announced the
new truths without consulting the permission of human authority. They only
accepted divine authority. We must understand that the Reformation did not end
in the days of Luther , nor in the days of Miller, nor in those of Ellen White, but
that it will continue to progress progressively, like the light of dawn, to the very
end of the world. They did not receive all the light that should be given to the
world, just as we have not yet received it all. If God wants to reveal new lights to
us, through the instruments of his own choice, we must be ready and submissive
to say like the prophet Samuel: "Jehovah speaks, because your servant listens." The
Lord has more lights and truths than we should still receive. Our most recent
pioneers and ancestors failed to see and understand everything. Like them, we
have not yet managed to penetrate all of God's plans. But one thing is absolutely
certain in all this and it is the irrefutable fact that if they lived in our time, they
would be willing to receive the additional light. We must understand that God's
truth is progressive. For this and more we must understand that there are still
many lights to be revealed to the remnant people of God in these times of so much
turmoil. And no one, be it a man or a small man, among the people of God should
believe in the right to prevent these lights from illuminating the remnant people of
God. It was not for pleasure that Ellen White, inspired by God, acknowledged that
she did not possess all the truth revealed in her day, saying: "They should not
conclude that all truth has been revealed and that the Infinite has no more light for
his village." (COES, p 35). When analyzing the work presented by any researcher,
one must follow the rule established by Aristotle, since ancient times, and which
Josh Mc Doweld tells us about. He stated the following: "The benefit of the doubt
must be granted to the document itself, and the critic must not abdicate that
privilege for himself." (Josh Mc Doweld. "Evidence Demanding a Verdict", Ed
Vida. 1982. Miami, FL. P 63). Mc Doweld goes on to say: "One should listen to the
clamor of the document being analyzed, and should not suppose fraud or error
unless the author disqualifies himself due to contradictions or recognized
inaccuracies regarding the facts." (Ibid). "Horn magnifies this, saying: 'Think for a
moment about what needs to be demonstrated about a difficulty' in order to
transfer it to the category of a valid argument against doctrine. Certainly much
more is required than the mere appearance of contradiction. First, we must make
sure that we have understood the passage correctly, in the sense in which he uses
the words or numbers, Second, that we have all the existing knowledge about this
matter, Third, that it is no longer possible to throw it more light on him for the
advancement of knowledge, textual research, archeology, etc ". (Ibid). Mc Doweld
goes on to say: "... difficulties are not objections '- adds Roberto Horn.' Unsolved
problems are not necessarily errors. This is not to dwarf the difficulty zone; it is to
see it in perspective. Difficulties hold us back and problems make us seek greater
clarity, but until such time as we have complete and final clarity on any matter we
are not in a position to declare, 'Here is a proven error, an unquestionable
objection.' (Ibidem) . In summary: When someone presents himself arguing to
possess a new light, our position should be to prove it by the Biblical counsel that
says: "To the Law and to the Testimony, if they do not speak according to this, it is
because they have not dawned" ( Isaiah 8:20). We must follow the inspired advice
of Ellen White, presented in this chapter, step by step. And finally, to give them the
benefit of the doubt, while the contrary cannot be fully demonstrated, so that the
justice of Christ in all its dimensions may be fulfilled in us. Only those who are
fervently seeking the light of God will receive it in their lives. Let's see what
inspiration tells us about this: "Only souls who are fervently seeking light and who
joyfully accept every ray of divine illumination coming from His Holy Word will
be given light. It is through those souls that God will reveal that light and power
that will illuminate the whole earth with its glory. " (ST 729. Year 1899; Last Days
Events. APIA 2006, p 175). This promise is found in the Bible, as follows: "Cry to
me and I will answer you and teach you great and hidden things that you do not
know." (Jeremiah 33: 3). It will definitely happen what God has told us, through
the prophet Amos: " Jehovah the Lord will do nothing , without declaring his
secret to his servants the prophets." (Amos 3: 7). But as it is written: "Things that
the eye has not seen, nor the ear has heard, nor have they ascended to the hearts of
men, are those that God has prepared for those who love him. But God revealed
them to us by the Spirit, because the Spirit searches everything, even the depths of
God, because who of the men knows the things of the man, but the spirit of the
man who is in him? In the same way, nobody knew the things of God, but
the Spirit of God. And we have not received the spirit of the world, but the Spirit
that comes from God, so that we know what God has granted us ... But the natural
man does not perceive the things that are of the Spirit of God, because for him they
are clear and he cannot understand them, because they must be spiritually
discerned ... Well, we have the mind of Christ ".
(1 Corinthians 2: 9-15). 

 
 

CHAPTER 2 "THE DAY AND THE TIME NOBODY KNOWS IT"

"But of the day and hour no one knows, not even the angels of heaven, but only my
Father." (Matthew 24:36) The text from (Matthew 24:36) that says: "But the day and
the hour no one knows, not even the angels of heaven, but only my Father", has
been used throughout the history of Christianity, to ensure that the people of God
will never be able to know in advance "the day and hour" of the second coming of
Christ to the world. But we should be sincere and really ask ourselves if Jesus
meant what has been interpreted up to now about the meaning of these
words. Let's see what Ellen White wrote us, in the book The Great Controversy,
quoting the words of the famous German of Jewish origin José Wolff, who was
known as the "my universal ionero". In his days he believed, with all his heart, in
the soon coming of Christ to the world in glory and majesty. He hoped, according
to his calculations of the prophetic periods, that the great consummation of the
blessed hope of the coming of Christ , as narrated (Titus 2:13), was not at a very
distant date from that indicated by Guillermo Miller. Ellen White, quoting Wolff's
own words, about this event, wrote: "To those who were based on the passage: 'Of
the day and the hour nobody knows', to affirm that nobody could know anything
about the proximity of the advent, Wolff answered them: 'Did the Lord say that the
day and the hour would never be known? He did not give us signs of the times, so
that we even recognized the proximity of his coming, as the proximity of summer
is recognized by the fig tree when its leaves sprout? (Matthew 24:32). Will we
never know that time, when he himself exhorted us not only to read Daniel's
prophecy, but also to understand it? And it is precisely in Daniel where it is said
that the words would be sealed until the end time (which was the case in his time),
and that 'many will run from here to there' (Hebrew expression that means to
observe and think in time), and 'science' regarding that time will be increased
(Daniel 12: 4). Furthermore, our Lord r does not say that the proximity of time will
not be known, but that no one knows exactly the 'day' or the 'hour'. He says that
enough will be known by the signs of the times to induce us to prepare for his
coming, just as Noah prepared the Ark "(Wolff, Reasarches and Missionary Labors,
pp 404, 405. Great Controversy, Chapter 21. p 409) She continued to write the
following on this subject: "Concerning the popular system of interpretation, or
better said to twist the Holy Scriptures, Wolff wrote: 'Most Christian churches have
departed from the plain meaning of the Scriptures. , to adopt the fantastic system
of the Buddhists "(Ibidem). When she quotes these words, from that servant
of God, she only proves one thing, and that is that she was in total agreement with
the position of Wolff's interpretation regarding the passage from (Matthew 24:36)
At no time does the passage referred to definitively establish that the day and the
hour will never be known before the Second Coming of Christ in glory and
majesty. passage e It is in the present. He said: "But of the day and the hour
nobody knows ...". This does not mean anything else that at the precise moment
when Jesus was soft, no one, except the Father, knew that exact moment. But sadly
popular theological interpretation has historically made the text say what it is not
really saying. Wolff, by virtue of his status as the son of a Jewish rabbi and
his doctorate, was fully capable of understanding and interpreting the literal
meaning of the Hebrew text. He, interpreting (Daniel 12: 4), expressed that the
literal meaning of those words sealed until the end time, in relation to the
expression "many will run from here to there", literally meant: "to observe and
think about time " In essence, this is the same message expressed in (Habakkuk 2:
2), when he writes to us about the response received to his complaint: "Jehovah
answered me and said: 'Write the vision, write it on tables so that the one who runs
I will read it. " In this passage, reference is made to the time prophecies of the book
of Daniel and specifically to the second part of the book, from its chapter 8 . This is
how Carlos Fitch interpreted it, in the year 1842. He took this passage from
(Habakkuk 2: 1 to 4), as a divine order to make the famous prophetic diagram on
the book of Daniel, of which more than 300 were reproduced, among the preachers
of the advent , during the period from 1842 to 1844. Although the Millerites
suffered a bitter disappointment, because they were wrong in interpreting that the
prophecy of Daniel 8 and 9 referred in time to the Second Coming of Christ and
not to the beginning of the heavenly judgment on October 22, 1844 AD They were
wrong as to the event that was to take place at the end of the 2300 days and not as
to the time of the fulfillment of that prophecy. There, in verse 3 of chapter 2 of
Habakkuk, he is offered an answer to the complaint presented by the prophet in
verse 1. Faced with the complaint of "delay", regarding the time of the fulfillment
of the vision, He responds as follows: "Although the vision takes time to come true,
it will come true in time, it will not fail even if it is late, wait for it, because it will
certainly come, it will not take long. The Millerites saw, in those words, after
having suffered their disappointment, a period of delay, but according to the text
itself this is apparent, because there is a paradox in those words that say:
"Although late, wait for it, because without a doubt it will come no it will take.
" There is a delay in its interpretation and waiting for the wrong event regarding
the second coming of Christ to the world on the date of October 22, 1844. But this
delay is only apparent, because according to God's response to this event there was
a time specifically indicated in the following words: "Although the vision takes
time to be fulfilled, it will be fulfilled in time, it will not fail ...". This issue of
apparent delay, mentioned in the book of Habakkuk, will be discussed in more
detail in a later chapter. The issue at hand to understand now is that the Hebrew
meaning of the phrase: "many will run from here to there and science will
increase ..." (Daniel 1 2: 4), is the same that is present in (Habakkuk 2 : 2) and says
like this: "so that it can be read continuously". In short, this is "observing and
thinking about time," as Joseph Wolff interpreted it and confirmed Ellen White in
her book The Great Controversy. She also wrote the following, regarding this
matter: "No one knows the day or the hour," was the argument most often
adduced by those who rejected the Advent faith. The biblical passage tells us: "But
the day and the Now no one knows, not even the angels of heaven, but my Father
alone. '(Matthew 24:36) Those who were waiting for the Lord gave a clear and
harmonious explanation of this Biblical quote, and the false interpretation that her
adversaries made of it.

Those words were spoken by Christ in the memorable conversation he had with

his disciples on the Mount of Olives, after having left the temple for the last
time. The disciples had asked: 'What sign will there be of your coming, and of the
end of the world?' Jesus gave them the signs, and said to them: 'When you see all
these things, know that it is near the doors.' A declaration of the Savior should not
be interpreted in such a way as to annul another. Although no one knows the day
or hour of his coming, we are exhorted and required to know when he is near. We
are taught, furthermore, that belittling his warning and refusing to find out when
his advent is near, will be as fatal to us as it was to those who living in the days of
Noah did not know when the Flood would come. "(Great Controversy , pp 420 and
421) She shows here that this quote, from (Matthew 24:36), was misinterpreted by
the popular theology of the days of the Millerite movement, but the current
popular theology continues to act in the same way regarding the Interpretation of
this Biblical passage In that passage, from the Greek Holy Scriptures, Jesus never
definitively affirmed that the day and the hour would never be known, He spoke
in a present verb tense, saying: "no one knows". He said, “As for the day and the
hour, no one will ever know.” If the words of Jesus wanted to say what has been
erroneously interpreted up to now by popular theology, how would we balance
with this position the following quotations from the Spirit of prophecy that
supposedly would contradict the interpretation of the words of Jesus, present in
Matthew 24:36? Ellen White wrote: "We soon heard the voice of God, like the noise
of many waters, which announced the day and hour of Jesus' coming." (Early
Writings, p 15). "Soon we heard the voice of God that sounded like many waters,
and that he gave us the day and hour of the coming of Jesus. The living saints, the
144,000, knew and understood the voice, while the wicked thought that it was of
thunder and an earthquake. When God pronounced the date, he poured out on us
the Holy Spirit and our faces began to shine with the glory of God, just as it
happened with the face of Moses when he descended from Mount Sinai .
" (1Testimonies for the Church, p 62). "I have no idea of the time mentioned by the
voice of God. I heard the hour proclaimed, but after I left the vision I had no
memory of that hour." (Letter 38, 1888; 1 Select Messages, p 76). There Ellen White
is brought into vision into the future period of Jacob's time of trouble and during
the moments that mark the events of the partial resurrection, after the fifth plague
of Revelation 16, she hears the voice of God through the open space in Orion,
where He shows the tables of the Law of the 10 Commandments to the world, with
a special glorious light on the Sabbath of the fourth commandment. Then his voice
proclaims one by one the Ten Commandments, before the ears of all the
inhabitants of the Earth. And finally, He announces the day and hour of His
coming. As they previously read, she was asked if she could remember the day
and time, announced by God during her vision, but she stated that she could not
remember it no matter how hard she tried . But according to the future context of
the fulfillment of this vision, both the living saints and those who rise in the partial
resurrection, that is, all those who died in the faith of the third angel's message,
come out of their graves to hear the covenant of peace that God will make with all
those who kept his Law, since the proclamation of the message of the 3 angels
began. These, united, listen to the announcement of the day and hour of the
Second Coming of Christ to the world. And this undoubtedly is a time prior to his
return. At least the simple logic of this appointment should make us understand
that his coming to Earth does not happen that same day, since that day only
announces the day and time. So if it were that same day it would be totally illogical
to announce the day, and that it would only be enough to mention the time when
that event would take place on that day. Furthermore, we know only too well that
the events of the partial resurrection of the saints, mentioned in (Daniel 12: 2), that
occur during that sequence of acknowledgments is not the general resurrection,
mentioned in (1 Thessalonians 4:13 to 17). . Between both events there is a space of
time for their fulfillment and it is not on the same day. Therefore we can conclude,
through these quotes from the Spirit of Prophecy, that before the exact day of
Christ's return to Earth his people will know, in advance, the day and time of that
glorious event. This is why no person can affirm, absolutely, that no one will know
the day and time of Christ's coming before it happens. Because the Bible doesn't
really teach this in (Matthew 24:36), and Ellen White, inspired by the Holy Spirit,
says that God's remnant people will know the day and time of Christ's coming
before that event happen. Jesus warns us about the attitude of the unfaithful
servant in the parable of (Matthew 24:42 to 51), when he says the following: "My
Lord is late in coming." Jesus says that is why he will be punished. But of the
faithful and prudent servant, whom he exhorts to watch, he tells us that he is:
"Blessed is that servant, whom, when his Lord comes, he will find doing
so." Warning the same to the churches of Revelation the Spirit says: "And if I do
not watch, I will come to you as a thief, and you will not know at what time I will
come to you." (Rev. 3: 3). If we analyze this verse carefully we can come to an
obvious conclusion, and this is that those who are not watching will be surprised
as those who are robbed by a thief are surprised. To these the drone surprises
them, because they do not know the exact moment of their coming, because
otherwise they would not be stolen. Thieves only surprise those who do not expect
them. But we must clearly understand that it is not the Lord who will come as a
thief, but the Bible makes it clear that it is the day or time of the Lord's coming that
will come as a thief, which will be a surprise for those that they are not
watching. In (1 Peter 3:10) it is well established that it is the day and not the Lord
who will come hidden for those who do not expect him, since the coming of Christ
will be a visible, audible and with all glory and majesty universal event , where
every eye will see you. Analyzing more in detail the passage of (Rev 3: 3) and what
the Spirit wanted to tell us or warn us through the apostle John, would make us
understand the importance of watching and not being asleep. The opposite
message, from the positive point of view of this text, is telling us the following: "If
you watch, I will come to you, not as a thief, because you will know in what time I
will come to you." What the Spirit is saying in (Rev 3: 3) to unfaithful servants is
that they do the opposite of what they are doing, so that as the faithful, if they are
watching, they can know the hour when Jesus will come upon them . So this text
seems to indicate clearly that those who are watching will be able to know the hour
in which the Lord will come upon them, since those who are not doing so will not
know that moment which will come as a thief over their lives. The Apostle Paul
speaks of these same two groups of people. According to him, there will be a
group of people for whom the appearance of the Lord will happen without waiting
for it. For them that day will come by surprise like a thief in the night. But to those
who watch, he says: "But you , brothers, are not in darkness, so that day you may
be surprised as a thief; for you are all children of light and of day, not of night, nor
of darkness " (1 Thessalonians 5: 2 to 5). On one occasion Jesus taught the parable
of the 10 virgins that prophetically showed the spiritual condition of the Church of
God before their return to Earth. According to Jesus' own prophetic words in this
famous parable, shortly before his return to Earth, the church of God will be made
up of three groups. Now many will think that I am wrong in mentioning the
existence of three groups within the prophetic teaching of that
parable. Throughout the years that I have been in church most of us have been
taught that there , in that parable, there are only two groups before the return of
Christ to rescue his people. These are the ones represented by the prudent virgins
who have the extra oil and enter the wedding, before the door is closed, and the
group of the foolish ones who run out of oil. These, while they go out to buy more
oil, when they return, find the door closed and stay out of the wedding party. But
we must note that there is a third group there, represented by the one who gives
the midnight cry , and to which Jesus made reference saying: "And at midnight
there was a cry: Here comes the husband; come out to meet him! "(Mat 25:
6). Hardly anyone has noticed, in this parable, that there is a third group within the
end-time church, represented by the one giving the midnight cry. The one who
gives the voice was the only one who was awake, watching and waiting for the
husband's arrival and when he is approaching, with a loud cry, awakens the 10
virgins who were asleep. We can be sure that it was not an angel who gave the
voice within the party, nor was it the voice of Jesus since he is represented by the
husband who comes from outside for the marriage. So the question we must ask
ourselves is this: Who is this character who is awake, waiting and watching and
who awakens the 10 virgins with the cry of midnight, when the husband
approaches the wedding party? For years I asked myself this question many times
and couldn't find a clear biblical answer for it. But one day, reading the Gospel of
Mark, I was surprised to find the identity of this character and it was a great joy for
me. There we are told the following: "But of that day and of the hour no one
knows, not even the angels who are in heaven, nor the Son, but the Father. Look,
watch and pray; for you do not know when the time. It is like the man who, going
away, left his house, and gave authority to his servants, and to each one his work,
and he commanded the gatekeeper to watch. Watch, then, because you do
not know when the lord of the house will come; at dusk, or at midnight, or when
the rooster crows, or in the morning, so that when he comes suddenly, he does not
find you sleeping. And what I say to you, I say to all: Watch. " (Mark 13: 32-
37). Without a doubt we can say that anyone who was awake inside the party and
gave the midnight cry is represented by the "gatekeeper" of which Jesus spoke
to us through Marcos. This doorman is nothing more than a watchtower or
sentinel who does not fall asleep and watches her while everyone inside the church
falls asleep. At this the day and time of the husband's coming does not surprise
him since he was at his guard post in full attention, at the signs of the husband's
proximity to the wedding party. Therefore and others, this parable of Jesus is
showing us that within the church there will be a special group which will know
the exact moment of his coming and will not be taken by surprise when he arrives
as husband. And as we said before, this group is represented by the doorman who
gives the midnight cry, waking up, with his alarm message, the rest of the sleeping
church, which is represented by the wise and foolish virgins of the
parable. Commenting on this passage, Ellen White warned us of the following:
"Thus it was demonstrated that the Holy Scriptures do not authorize men to
remain ignorant regarding the proximity of the coming of Christ. But those who
were looking for nothing more than a pretext to reject the truth, they closed their
ears to this explanation, and the words: 'But the day and the hour no one knows'
continued to be repeated by the daring mockers and even by those who professed
to be ministers of Christ. " (Great Controversy, p 421). Many refer to the previous
passage of (Mark 13:32) which is parallel to (Matthew 24:36), which says thus: "But
on that day and hour no one knows, not even the angels who are in Heaven, not
the Son, but the Father. ", to criticize those who believe that this time may be
known , before the event of the Second Coming of Christ occurs. They adduce the
following: "You see that even the Son himself does not know the day or the hour,
but only the Father." But they do not realize that at the moment when Christ said
these words he was speaking in the present tense by saying "nobody knows". This
happened in his prophetic sermon on the Mount of Olives, before his crucifixion,
death, and resurrection. What we must understand here is that Christ was one
hundred percent human during his thirty-three-and-a-half year life on this
Earth. He did nothing using his incommunicable divine attributes during his
earthly life. He "did not esteem being equal to God as a thing to hold on to but
instead stripped himself taking the form of a servant, made like men ..."
(Philippians 2: 6, 7). From this we conclude that for this voluntary reason of not
using his divine powers for his own benefit and acting disadvantaged as a second
Adam, Jesus did not really know, as a human being, the date for his advent. He,
like a second Adam (1 Cor 15:45), had to grow progressively physically, mentally,
and spiritually. His teacher was the Holy Spirit, through the teachings of his
mother, the Holy Scriptures, and nature. And he achieved all this through a
devotional life of permanent communion with his Heavenly Father. Our great
problem is to think that Christ did not limit himself to using his divine attributes. If
he had done this, he would have proved the false accusations of Satan, who said
that God was an unjust Judge. That is why Christ had to prove, as a second Adam
that he was, that the human being could win over sin and temptation, through an
intimate and constant communion with God. For this he could not take advantage
of Adam. The most glorious thing about their victory is that He overcame the
enemy, at a clear disadvantage with Adam, since He was born in a world sick with
sin, 4000 years after the fall of man. So as He never used his omniscience, we must
understand that as a hundred percent human that he was, on the Mount of Olives,
when he spoke those controversial words, he could not really know, at that
moment, the day and time of his coming , because it was not present truth for that
moment. But these events did not turn out to be the same after his earthly ministry
ended with his death on Calvary's cross. When He rose, this aspect changed
completely. Jesus was resurrected with a glorified human body , as detailed (Luke
24:39). After His resurrection, He returned to all of His incommunicable divine
attributes. In this case, his omniscience, eternity and omnipotence, except for his
omnipresence. This divine attribute was limited to using it for the sake of the
human condition he had taken to vindicate the character of God before the
universe and rescue the children of Adam. All this he did out of love and respect
for the human race, of which he became a member and our dear older brother
forever and ever. In (1 Timothy 2: 5) we are told that: "There is one God and one
mediator between God and men, Jesus Christ man." There we can appreciate the
proof that He still intercedes for us, as a man. Since his ascension to Heaven in AD
31, he chose to be omnipresent forever, through the ministry of the Holy Spirit. So
it would be out of context to say now, after the event of his resurrection, that the
Son does not know the day and time of his coming. No one has the right or to deny
his divine omniscience after being resurrected. Evidence of this fact stands out in
the answer he gave to his disciples on the day of his ascension, to heaven, from the
Mount of Olives. They asked him: "Lord, will you restore the kingdom of Israel at
this time? To which he replied: '-It is not for you to know the times or the occasions
that the Father put in his sole authority." (Acts 1: 6 and 7). There the question was
the same of the Mount of Olives, present in Matthew 24, and had to do with the
time when God would establish his kingdom. On the Mount of Olives, before his
death, Jesus answered them: "The day and the hour no one knows", but after his
resurrection his answer changes and opens up another horizon in the
interpretation of this passage. He said: "It is not for you to know the times or the
occasions that the Father put in his sole authority." By saying, "It is not your turn,"
he meant to his disciples that this was a message that was not present truth for
their generation. It was not for them to know the prophetic times or periods that
the Father had placed in his sole divine authority. Now if it was not for them to
know these times, who would then have to know them? From the answer given by
Jesus, the most logical reasoning can be deduced, and it is the fact that if it was not
up to them to know these times, someone would have to know them. Therefore, if
we dedicate ourselves to analyze these words, without prejudice of any kind, we
will understand that Jesus did not want to say what he was meant to say. These
words do not mean that nobody will ever know the times and the occasions that
God the Father put under his discretion, for the restoration of his kingdom. The
matter becomes clearer to us when we manage to understand that the prophetic
times, indicated in the Bible, in relation to the future history of his people, were not
present truth for the generation of the apostles to whom Jesus was speaking at that
time. . They were framed in the apocalyptic message of the prophetic period of the
Ephesian church, which was from the ascension of Christ, in AD 31, until AD 100,
with the death of John, the last of the 12 apostles in To die. The Bible contained,
from the days of the apostles, many prophecies of time that would become, as the
history of the world advanced , truly present for future generations until the final
consummation of the history of sin in this world, with the second coming of
Christ. For example, the first-century church could not understand the meaning of
the prophetic 10-day period, present in the message to the church at Smyrna in
(Rev. 2:10). This verse foretold the 10 years of religious persecution, started by
Diocletian in AD 303, and concluded by Emperor Constantine's decree of religious
tolerance in AD 313. They could not understand this prophetic time, because it was
not present truth. for your days. Still less could they understand the time of 1260
years of papal supremacy, present in the book of Daniel and revealed to John in
Revelation. This period began in 538 AD, and ended in 1798 AD. This prophecy,
from the days of the apostles, was to wait four more centuries to begin its
fulfillment and seventeen long centuries to its final fulfillment, two years from the
end the eighteenth century. They also did not know the three and a half years of
the "Reign of Terror" in France, during the period of the French
Revolution, prophesied in (Rev. 11: 9). This was so, because it was not present
truth for his generation. Nor was it present truth for the disciples to know the
dates that indicated the events of the sixth seal of Revelation. Nor was it present
truth for them to know the times and occasions of the duration of the fifth and
sixth trumpet of Revelation that announced the control of the Arab and Turkish
Muslims over Europe, from the year 1299 AD, until the 1840 AD. for his time
to know the meaning of the prophecy of the 2300 afternoons and mornings of
(Daniel 8:14), which signaled the beginning of the judgment in the heavenly
sanctuary on October 22, 1844 AD Therefore, much less was for his generation the
fact of knowing the day and time for the establishment of the Kingdom of God,
during the events of the Second Coming of Christ to Earth. Because it was not
present truth for his generation to know these times and occasions, it was the
reason why Jesus said to them: "It is not for you to know." But those words infer
that if it was not for them to know the times and occasions chosen by God,
someone would have to know them. So it should be clear from this that in those
words of Jesus, to his disciples, on the Mount of Ascension, he did not mean, nor
did he say, that it was not for anyone to know the time that the
Father put in his sole authority. So the chronological evidence from Holy Scripture
greatly affected William Miller. According to his own words, he discovered that
the predicted events, and that they had been fulfilled with complete accuracy in
history, had developed within predetermined time limits. Those events were
fulfilled at the exact time that the biblical passage prophesied . This is why he said
that when he found various chronological periods, in his studies of the Bible,
which extended until the Second Coming of Christ, he concluded that these were
"the times and the occasions" that God had revealed to his sie rvos. The mistake of
Miller and his followers, as I have already referred on several occasions, was the
thought that Christ would return to Earth on October 22, 1844 AD They did not
realize that the event prophesied in (Daniel 8:14), was the beginning of
the Heavenly Judgment, in fulfillment of the sixth feast of Leviticus 23 and not the
coming of Christ. Although they wrong the event, they were not wrong in
calculating the time of the fulfillment of the prophecy. That mistake of the
Millerites, regarding the event, was what caused their bitter disappointment on
October 22, 1844. All this is an example for our generation, to which they have
"reached the end of time". We must recognize what the Bible tells us in (2 Timothy
3:16): "All Scripture is inspired by God and useful for teaching ..."; and this, at no
time, "was brought by the human will", but was written by "holy men ... inspired
by the Holy Spirit" (2 Peter 1:21). That is why we must value each portion of it with
much reverence and prayer. And if in it (the Bible), we come to discover some
chronological period of time, not yet explained, we should take it into account,
with much attention, until we solve the question posed by him. So we must
be extremely careful, because it may be that we are missing some prophetic period
in relation to the Second Coming of Christ. This is what Miller believed in his days,
although he fell short in his preaching, when he made a mistake in the
interpretation and the proclamation of the event that was to take place at the end
of the 2,300 prophetic days of Daniel 8. Ellen White speaks to us, in the Great
Controversy, about Miller's conviction: "So those who study the Word of God can
trust that they will find clearly indicated in Scripture the most stupendous event to
take place in the history of mankind." (Great Controversy, chap 19. p 370). In the
same way that Miller believed it, because: "The secret things belong to Jehovah our
God; but the revelations belong to us and to our children forever." (Deut
29:29). And if the time of the Second Coming of Christ is revealed in his Holy
Word, it is up to us to know who we are, the last generation. We can be sure of
these words: "Jehovah the Lord will do nothing, without declaring his secret to his
servants the prophets." (Amos 3: 7). If to date the people of God have lacked light,
on this matter, He promised to give us new lights in relation to His Word. Surely
his people will receive the necessary illumination, and we will act as the doorman
of the parable of the 10 virgins that Jesus mentioned in Mark 13. All this must be
so, "so that day we are not surprised as a thief "; because "The path of the righteous
is like the light of dawn, which increases until the day is perfect." (Proverbs 4:18). 

 
 

 
 

CHAPTER 3 "THE PROPHECY OF THE 70 WEEKS"

"Seventy weeks are determined upon your people and upon your holy city ...
Know therefore and understand, that from the departure of the word to restore
and build Jerusalem to Messiah the Prince, there will be seven weeks, and sixty-
two weeks; it will become to build the square and the wall in distressing times.
And after sixty-two weeks the life of the Messiah will be taken, and not for
himself ... And in another week he will confirm the covenant to many, and in the
middle of the week He will cease the sacrifice and the offering. " (Daniel 9: 2427)
The angel Gabriel had been sent to Daniel to explain the point that he had not
managed to understand in the vision of the eighth chapter, this was regarding the
data regarding time: "Until two thousand and three hundred afternoons and
mornings, then the Sanctuary will be purified. " (Daniel 8:14.) Daniel
had understood the vision of chapter 8, explained by Gabriel, until the moment
when the time factor of 2300 afternoons and mornings is mentioned (Daniel 8:26).
Already in verse 27 it is narrated that the prophet Daniel fails to understand
the angel's explanation and becomes ill because of the announcement of that time
that he did not understand, and which he did not understand for eleven years,
because the vision of chapter 8 he received in the third year of Belshazzar's reign,
which was the year 549 BC But the vision of chapter 9 is received in the first year of
Darius, which was the year 538 BC Therefore he had to wait a decade for God to
send him the explanation, of the factor in relation to time, through Gabriel again.
Thus Gabriel came "flying with alacrity" at the hour of the evening sacrifice (that is
to say three in the afternoon), from the sanctuary of God; to give Daniel the
explanation of what he had not understood eleven years before. Thus he moved to
this Earth, from the throne of God, in response to Daniel's concern and
doubt regarding the destiny of his captive people in Babylon. The prophecy of the
ninth chapter of Daniel is totally connected with that of the eighth chapter for
various reasons or internal evidences that can be appreciated in the context of the
story told of both chapters. The first of these evidences is in the words of the angel
Gabriel when he said: "Seventy weeks are determined on your people and on your
holy city." The Hebrew word CHATAK, translated here by "determined," literally
means "discounted," "cut off," or "separated." Gabriel declares to Daniel that
seventy weeks, which represented 490 years, according to the biblical-prophetic
rule day by year, should be discounted, cut or separated from the period greater
than 2300 days, because it would be the time determined by divine providence as
grace for the Jewish nation to accept the truth of Christ's ministry as the Messiah
when he appeared five centuries later, during the time of the Roman Empire. This
biblical-prophetic rule that one day equals one year, in the human historical
calendar, only applies when the days are mentioned in relation to the prophecies.
When the Bible mentions days in a language of a true story, the days must be
understood as literal . The biblical keys to demonstrate that the days in prophecy
are equivalent to years, we can observe it in the following passages. (Numbers
14:34; Leviticus 25: 8 and Ezekiel 4: 6). But where were these 70 weeks or 490 years
discounted from? Since the 2,300 days are the only period of time mentioned in the
eighth chapter, they must constitute the period from which the seventy weeks
were deducted; the seventy weeks must therefore form part of the 2,300 days, and
both periods must begin together on the same date. The angel stated that the
seventy weeks date from the time the edict was issued to rebuild Jerusalem. The
second evidence of the connection of these two chapters can be seen in the fact that
the words written by Daniel say: "... he was still speaking in prayer, when the man
Gabriel, whom he had seen in the vision at the beginning, flying with alacrity came
to me ... "(the bold is mine) Why do we say this? For the simple and logical reason
that the book of Daniel offers us in the fact that Daniel is talking about an
appearance of Gabriel at the beginning. But when we go to the book of Daniel,
chapter by chapter, we can see that the first time the angel Gabriel appears
showing him the explanation of a vision is in chapter 8. From chapter 1 to 7 Gabriel
never appeared to Daniel before. Thus this fact proves that (Daniel 9:21), he is
making reference to the vision of Daniel 8. The third internal evidence of the
connection of both chapters is in the fact that the first time in the entire book of
Daniel that he became ill, because of a vision he did not understand, it was at the
moment when the angel was going to explain to him the meaning of the time factor
in relation to the purification of the sanctuary at the end of the 2300 days in the
afternoon and tomorrow, or prophetically the 2300 years. But when Gabriel
appears eleven years later, in response to his prayer, he comes to make him
understand, according to Daniel's own words. But understand what ? By logic of
the biblical context he would make him understand the part of the prophecy that
he had not understood eleven years before. But in the later verses, Gabriel's first
words confirm this fact, in a remarkable way, when he says to Daniel: "Now I have
come out to give you wisdom and understanding ... So understand the order and
understand the vision." In Gabriel's words, it can be confirmed that he came to
make Daniel understand a vision that he had not understood before that date, and
when we review the book of Daniel, in the chapters that precede the ninth, where
only Daniel says that he did not understand a vision is in verse 27 of chapter 8. For
this reason Gabriel is sent by God to explain to him what eleven years before
he had not understood, and this was the time period of 2300 afternoons and
tomorrow, mentioned in the prophecy of chapter 8. It is curious to note that if
Daniel had not understood the part of the vision in relation to the two-horned ram,
the goat and the little horn that grew much later; the angel Gabriel would have
started by explaining these prophetic symbols to him. But Gabriel, knowing that
what Daniel had not understood was the 2300 years part, began his explanation at
this point in the fact or time, since in verses 24 to 27 of chapter 9 he speaks of 70
weeks of years, which It would be 490 years cut off or separated from the period
greater than 2300 years. So this period, according to Gabriel explains to Daniel,
should start from the moment the restoration and building of Jerusalem was
definitively ordered. So if we can find the date of that edict, we could fix the
starting point of the great period of 2,300 days and 70 weeks. That decree is
found in (Ezra 7: 12-26.) But in (Ezra 6:14) it is said that the house of the Lord was
built in Jerusalem "by command of Cyrus, and of Darius, and of Artaxerxes king of
Persia. " But the first two decrees were incomplete and did not fulfill their function.
The zero ter , which was in the seventh year of Artaxerxes, king of Persia, which
would be in the fall of 457 BC, then we would definitely have the date that actually
met the specification of the prophecy of Daniel 8 and 9. If we take in He says that
the first year of Artaxerxes I's reign was 464 BC, so the seventh year of his reign
would be 457 BC Another proof that Artaxerxes' decree was valid to start the count
of the prophecy, and not that of Cyrus, nor that of Darius is in the fact that this is a
messianic prophecy that announced six centuries earlier, with complete
mathematical accuracy, the date of the baptism and crucifixion of Christ "the
Messiah Prince", as Daniel 9 says: 25 and 26. But if we take as a reference the first
two s decrees of Cyrus and Darius and make the prophetic calculation of the 70
weeks of years, it would take us several decades to reach the date of the birth of
Christ, and much more for the date of his bapti smo and crucifixion. For example,
Cyrus began to reign in 537 BC, and in that year he issued the decree of liberation
of the Jewish people in Babylon. But, according to the prophetic rule day by year,
"until the Messiah Prince", a period of 7 and 62 weeks had to elapse that together
would give us 69 weeks. This would be a total of 483 days, which taken to years for
each day, as it says (Leviticus 25: 8; Numbers 14:34 and Ezekiel 4: 6), would give us
a total of 483 prophetic years. But when we take the date of Cyrus' decree, which
was the year 537 BC, to use it in this prophecy, when we add 483 years to the
future, it would take us to the date of the year 54 BC. This date is five decades
before birth of Christ. Therefore it does not serve the purpose of the prophecy. The
same happens to us with the second decree of Da Rio. This began in 520 BC But
when we apply the 483 years of Daniel's prophecy it brings us to 37 BC Therefore,
this decree is not correct either; because it does not connect with the life and
ministry of Christ. But that of King Artaj erjes, which was in the seventh year of his
reign, 457 BC, does take us back to the days of Christ's life. The 483 years would be
fulfilled, from that date, in the year 27 AD. On this date Jesus was baptized with 30
years of age (see Luke 3:23). Therefore, it should be very clear to us that these three
kings, when issuing the decree and confirming and completing it, put it in the
condition required by the prophecy to mark the beginning of the 2,300 years.
Taking the year 457 BC, when the decree was completed , as the date of the order,
it was verified that each specification of the prophecy referring to the seventy
weeks had been fulfilled. "From the start of the word to restore and build
Jerusalem to Messiah the Prince, there will be seven weeks, and sixty -two weeks"
—that is, sixty-nine weeks, or 483 years. The decree of Artaxerxes was put into
effect in the fall of the year 457 BC. Starting from this date, the 483 years reach the
fall of the year 27 of JC. It was then that this prophecy was fulfilled. The word
Messiah, which is a Hebrew term, means "the Anointed One" in Spanish and "the
Christ" in Greek. So in the fall of AD 27, Christ was baptized by John and received
the anointing of the Holy Ghost. 1. The order of Artaxerxes, king of Persia, to
restore and rebuild Jerusalem, was given in 457

to. C., which was the seventh year of the reign of this Persian king. (Daniel 9:25;
Ezra 6: 1, 612.) 2. The reconstruction and restoration of the square and wall of the
city of Jerusalem was completed at the end of the first 49 years of Daniel's
prophecy. This was the period of the first seven weeks of the prophecy. (Daniel
9:25.) 3. Jesus was anointed by the Holy Spirit on the occasion of his
baptism. (Matthew 3:16; Acts 10:38). From 457 BC, until the Ung gone there were
483 years. 4. The Messiah Prince was cut off in the middle of the week, when he
was crucified, in the spring of the year 31 AD. This happened on the date of Nisan
14, the date on which the Passover commemorated in the symbolic ritual of
Leviticus 23 was celebrated . (Daniel 9:27; Matthew 27:50, 51.) 5. Since Stephen's
death, which happened in the fall of the year 34 AD, at the end of the period of the
70 weeks of years, the Gospel went to the Gentiles, on the occasion of the
command of Jesus, present in ( Matthew 28: 18-20), and the furious Persecution
unleashed on the early Christian church was unleashed immediately after the
stoning of Stephen. (Daniel 9:24; Acts 7: 54-56; 8: 1). Thus from 457 BC, until the
time of the Gentiles there were: 490 years s. 6. At the end of the 2,300 years, in 1844,
the purification of the heavenly sanctuary begins, that is, the beginning of the hour
of judgment or the antitypical day of the Atonement where the heavenly sanctuary
would begin to be purified or justified by the blood of Cr isto. (Daniel 8:14;
Revelation 14: 7.) 7. The triple message of (Revelation 14: 6-12) is proclaimed to all
the world before the Second Coming of Christ to this earth. This prophetic period
was to extend, according to Daniel's prophecy, from "the coming forth of the word
to restore and build Jerusalem" to the cleansing of the sanctuary. The order to
rebuild Jerusalem was given in 457 ant. From JC Seventy weeks (490 years) were to
be cut for the Jews, and at the end of this period, in the year 34 AD, the Gospel was
begun to be preached to the Gentiles. From the beginning of the period, in 457 BC,
until the Messiah Prince, there were to be 69 weeks (483 years). Precisely at the
predicted time, in the fall of JC 27, Jesus was baptized in the Jordan by John the
Baptist. He was also anointed by the Holy Spirit, and began his public ministry. "In
the middle of the week" (3 and a half years later) the Messiah was cut off. The
entire 2,300-day period spanned 457 years. from JC until 1844 of our era, when the
Investigative Judgment began in Heaven. This is why Peter said that "Jesus of
Nazareth: ... God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power." (Acts
10:38). And the Savior himself declares: "The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because
he has anointed me to announce good news to the poor." After his baptism, Jesus
returned to Galilee, "preaching the gospel of God, and saying: The time is
fulfilled." (Luke 4:18; Mark 1:14, 15). The prophecy goes on to say the following :
"For another week he will confirm the covenant with many." (Daniel 9:27). The
week discussed here is the last week of the seventy. It is the last seven years of the
period especially granted to the Jews. During this period, which ranged from
the year 27 to the year 34 of JC Christ, first in person and then through his
disciples, he presented the Gospel invitation especially to the Jews. When the
apostles went out to proclaim the good news of the kingdom,
the Savior's instructions were: "In the way of the Gentiles you will not go, and do
not enter the city of Samaritans, but go first to the lost sheep of the house of
Israel." (Matthew 10: 5, 6). The Bible says: "In the middle of the week he will cease
the sacrifice and the offering." ( Daniel 9:27). Thus in the year 31 JC, three and a
half years after his baptism, which happened in the year 27 AD, at the end of the
period of the first 69 weeks or 483 prophetic days, our Lord was crucified. And as
Ellen White wrote in the Great Controversy: "With the great sacrifice offered at
Calvary, that offering system ended that for four thousand years had
foreshadowed the Lamb of God. The type met the antitype, and all the sacrifices
and oblations of the ceremonial system were to cease. " The seventy weeks, or 490
years, accorded to the Jews as the depository nation of present truth, were to end
in AD 34. By rejecting the present truth of the gospel of Christ as Messiah of God
and Savior of mankind, the Jewish nation left of being God's organized remnant
people. Now this responsibility passed to the Christian church founded by Christ,
through his apostles, to reach with the message of a risen Christ to all the nations
of the Earth. Thus was the final part of the 70-week prophecy fulfilled. The
fulfillment of this preaching, carried to the Gentile world, can be seen in the story
that Luke narrates to his friend Theophilus, in the book Acts of the
Apostles . There he narrates how Peter, guided by God, made the Gospel known to
the centurion of Caesarea, the pious Cornelius; the ardent Paul, won to the faith of
Christ, was commissioned to carry the glad tidings 'far ... to the Gentiles.' (Acts 8:
4, 5; 22:21). So far each of the details of the prophecies has been fulfilled in a
surprising way, and the beginning of the seventy weeks is irrefutably established
in 457 BC, and its end in 34 BC. Starting from this date is not d easy to find the
term of the 2,300 days. The seventy weeks — 490 days — discounted from the
2,300 days, left 1,810 days. At the end of the 490 days, the 1,810 days had yet to be
completed. Counting from 34 AD, the 1,810 years reach the year 1844. Therefore
the 2,300 days of (Daniel 8:14) ended in 1844. At the end of this great prophetic
period, according to the testimony of the angel of God, "the sanctuary" should be
"purified." In all this impressive prophecy there is a detail of
fundamental importance for what we propose to demonstrate on the subject of this
book. That point is none other than the exact definition of the year of Christ's
birth. Through biblical, historical and prophetic evidence we will dedicate
ourselves to demonstrate that the year of the birth of Christ, according to this
prophecy was 4 BC Those who know about the subject are not surprised, but those
who read for the first time on this matter, You may ask the following: How is it
possible that Christ was born three years before the year 1 of our Christian era, if it
is the year of Christ's birth that marks the division of the ages in our calendar? It
turns out that the calendar that we have and on which we are guided was
established in the year 1582 AD, by order of Pope Gregory XI II. Hence its name
comes from the Gregorian calendar, which was nothing more than a reform of the
Julian calendar. But when the years in the making of this calendar were calculated
there was an error of three consecutive years, in relation to the birth of Jesus. In the
historical reality, Jesus was born three years earlier than our Gregorian calendar
establishes. He really was born in the year 4 BC That is to say that for our calendar
to be totally correct we must run it three years ago. But this is irremediable for
historical data, because all the dates of these 2015 years of our Christian era would
have to be corrected, adding these three consecutive or poorly calculated
years. This would form a major problem in terms of the date data set in the annals
of history. That is why it is preferable to continue dragging that small calculation
error to avoid greater evils. So now we are not living in the year 2015, from the real
historical birth of Christ, but the year 201 8, since as Christ was born three years
before the date established by our calendar, we must add those three missing years
to our year current, which would take us to 2018 years since Jesus was born. The
calculation made in the Gregorian calendar is so impressive, in the 6000 years of
history it collects, that we would never have realized its small error of calculation
if it had not been for the correction that the study of the prophecy of the seventy
allows us. weeks of Daniel 9. Therefore, to check the accuracy in the interpretation
of the dates of the prophecy of Daniel 8 and 9, it would only be enough for us to
demonstrate the accuracy of only one of these dates and thus by extending the
calculations of the periods prophetic, contained in both chapters; t endria the
security of a correct calculation of each date. The Bible says that Jesus began his
ministry when he was 30 years old (Luke 3:23). We know that he began his public
ministry when he was baptized by John the Baptist in the Jordan River . But how to
fix the data of this passage, with the prophecy of the 70 weeks of Daniel 9, that
establishes the first 69 weeks, or 483 prophetic years, in the year 27 AD, for the
baptism of Christ. The logical questions that arise from here are the following:
How is it possible that Jesus was 30 years old on the occasion of his baptism, if he
was baptized in 27 AD, according to the prophecy of Daniel? If he was born in AD
1, according to the Gregorian calendar, would he not be 27 in AD 27? To clarify
this matter, in the minds of readers, we must understand this miscalculation in our
calendar regarding the actual date of Jesus' birth. For this we must understand that
there is only three years of difference between the year 4 BC, and 1 BC The
question of this calculation here lies in the fact that year 1 is repeated twice. That is
to say: there is a year 1 before Christ and a year 1 after Christ, since as the year
zero does not exist, because it is zero, the period of one year would pass between 1
BC and 1 AD. We calculate that Jesus was born in 4 BC, from our Gregorian
calendar and not in 1 AD, as this calendar establishes; Between both dates there is
a margin of error of calculation of three years . Let's look at this fact now, step by
step, so that you understand better. If we take the date of the year 27 AD, and take
it to the year 1 AD, we have here 26 years of difference between them. If we take
this date back to the year 1 AD, back to the year 1 BC, there we have one more year
of difference, so we already have a difference of 27 years. But let's continue our
calculation. If we take it to 2 BC in the year 1 BC, we have another year of
difference, which would give us 28 years. If we take it to 2 BC, we have another
year of difference, which would give us 29 years from the date of Jesus'
baptism. And finally we conclude our calculation successfully by analyzing that
there is a new year from 3 BC to 4 BC, which added to the previous 29 would
close the 30 years of the age of Christ, when he was baptized by John, in AD 27,
(Luke 3:23). Thus we know from the prophecy of Daniel 9 that Jesus was born,
according to our Gregorian calendar, in the year 4 BC, and not in 1 AD, as has been
established in secular history by that calendar. We will now appeal to historical
data to demonstrate that the date of Christ's birth was not in AD 1, as established
by our Gregorian calendar. For this we will appeal to the simple logic of the
historical-chronological connection of Herod the Great with the events that
occurred in the context of the birth of Jesus. If we accept that Jesus was born in AD
1, as established by the Gregorian calendar; so we make the Bible a liar. This would
be true for the simple reason that it is well recognized in all history books that the
date Herod the Great ruled in Palestine was from 37 BC to 4 BC, the date on which
he died. Therefore, if we say that Christ was born three years later, in AD 1, there
would be a 3-year historical-chronological separation between the two. If, as the
Gregorian calendar establishes, King Herod died three years before Christ was
born, the events narrated in (Matthew 2), which speak of the birth of Jesus in the
days of his reign and the killing of children that he unleashed to eliminate the child
Jesus, they would put the message of the Bible as a liar. But the reality is that
Christ was born in the same year that Herod died. That is, in the year 4 BC Only
then would Jesus be 30 years old, on the occasion of his baptism, in the year 27 AD,
as pre-announced in the 70 weeks prophecy of Daniel 9, and confirmed by
Luke. Other of the Biblical-historical tests that confirm that Jesus was born in the
year 4 BC, we can find it in the analysis of the words said to Jesus by the Jews, after
he had purified the Temple. They asked him for a sign that would demonstrate the
authority with which he did this and Jesus replied: "Destroy this temple and in
three days I will raise it up" (John 2:19). But they thought that Jesus was talking to
them about the building built at the time of Ezra and Nehemiah and remodeled by
Herod, and they did not understand that Jesus prophetically spoke that he would
rise from the grave on the third day after being killed. So they answered him as
follows: "In forty-six years this Temple was built, and in three days will you raise it
up?" (John 2:20). In these words there is a revealing fact for us that indicates the
year in which the baptism of Christ happened. Now we will analyze, in light of
this conversation, the biblical and historical evidences that will take us back to the
year 27 AD, such as the date of the baptism of Christ, according to the prophecy of
the 70 weeks of Daniel 9. The first thing that we must demonstrate is that This
conversation occurred a few days after Jesus was baptized by John the Baptist at
the Jordan. This is easy to verify when we analyze the immediate previous context
of chapter 2 of the Gospel of John, where that memorable conversation took
place. When we go to (John 1:28 and 29), we can see that John was baptizing in
Betábara and there he came to baptize Jesus when he came to him and pronounced
his memorable phrase: "Behold the Lamb of God, who takes away sin of the
world!". But now we will demonstrate, in the later context, that it was only a few
days after Jesus' baptism, until this conversation with the Jews took place in the
Temple. In (John 1:35), we are again told that the Baptist repeated the phrase:
"Behold the Lamb of God." But the important thing to note here is that the verse
says this was "the next day." But this way we advance through chapter one and in
verse 43 we are told that: "The next day Jesus wanted to go to Galilee ..."; and there
he called Philip and Nathanael to be his disciples. But going a little further in
chapter 1, we come to its final verse and arrive at verse 1 of chapter 2, where we
are told that on the third day of Jesus being in Galilee, a wedding was taking place
in the village of Cana, to which Jesus went with his mother and his disciples. After
this we are told in (John 2:12) that: "they stayed there not many days." After this
short stay he returns to Jerusalem and there he cleanses the Temple with the whip
and has this conversation with the Jews. In summary I want to say that from the
baptism of Jesus, until this moment, it had been a few days, within the same year,
until the Jews of Jerusalem manifested to Jesus, misinterpreting his statement, that
how was it possible for him to raise up in three days what it had taken forty-six
years to build. But the point to demonstrate here is that the forty-six years they
mention were running on that occasion, that is, at the very moment of their
debate. The vast majority of Bible readers read this text to interpret that the period
of construction of the Temple was an event of the past and not that the forty-
six years were running on that occasion. Now we will show that the 46th year of its
remodeling was really running at that moment of the conversation. According to
historical data, this second Temple, begun in its construction from the time of
Ezra and Nehemiah, began a remodeling process at the hand of Herod the Great in
the year 20 BC. From that date, its remodeling process continued, until It was
finally completed in 64 AD This happened just six years before it was destroyed, to
its foundations, by the Roman legions under Titus Vespasian, in 70 AD, during the
events of the siege and destruction of Jerusalem. Now, when we get the calculation
of the forty-six years, mentioned by the Jews to Jesus, from the date of the year 20
BC, when Herod began his remodeling, it would take us to the year 27 AD
Without a doubt, that was the date when Jesus was baptized, according to the
prophecy of the 70 weeks of Daniel 9. And if, as Luke narrates, Jesus was thirty
when he began his public ministry, on the occasion of his baptism, then his birth
was in the year 4 BC Calculating this period of forty-six years, taking as a starting
point the year 20 BC, we arrive at the figure of 19 years until the year 1 BC Now,
from the year 1 BC, until 1 AD, there would be one more year, which in total
would be 20 years. From AD 1 to AD 27, there are 26 more years, which added to
the previous 20 years would give us the figure of the 46 years mentioned by the
Jews to Jesus on that occasion. Thus, in this way, we have verified biblically and
historically that the correct date of the birth of Jesus was the fall of the year 4 BC.
Therefore, when we calculate the 4000 years, from the birth of Christ to the
creation of Adam, we can To say that: according to the calculation error in our
Gregorian calendar, the creation also happened in the fall of 4004 BC. Therefore,
the 6000 years since creation would lead us to the fall of 1997 AD. In all this it is
curious to note that the events Most important in God's prophetic calendar, in
these 6,000 years of creation and sin history, have been set from fall to fall. An
example of this would be: 1. Creation of Adam and Eve: Autumn of 4004 BC 2.
Decree of Artaxerxes that started the prophecies of the 70 weeks and 2300
afternoons and mornings of Daniel 8 and 9: Autumn of the year 457 BC 3. Birth of
Jesus: Fall of year 4                  

BC 4. Baptism of Jesus: Autumn of the year 27 AD 5. Appeed praying of Stephen:

Autumn of the year 34 AD 6. Beginning of the antitypical day of the Atonement at
the end of the 2300 year prophecy of (Daniel 8:14): Fall of the year 1844 AD None
of this is by chance. Everything is well timed on God 's time clock . What would
make us deny that the events of the Second Coming of Christ to the world and the
descent of the Holy City, the New Jerusalem will not also happen in the autumn
time? 

CHAPTER 4 "THE TIME WOULD BE NO MORE"

"And the angel that I saw standing on the sea and on the earth, raised his hand to
heaven, and swore by the one who lives forever and ever, who created heaven and
the things that are in him, and the earth and the things that are in it, and the sea
and the things that are in it, that the time would be no more, but in the days of the
voice of the seventh angel, when he begins to sound the trumpet, the mystery of
God will be consummated, as he announced to his servants the prophets.
" (Revelation is 10: 6 and 7) After the disappointment of the Millerite movement in
October 1844, its heir, the Seventh-day Adventist Church, has recognized, in each
commentary on chapter 10 of Revelation, that in that passage he finds the
disappointment of October 22, 1844 prophesied. That interpretation is totally
correct, but he has failed to teach that after the year 1844 there will be no more
prophecy regarding time for the people of God. The commentators on that chapter
are based on the verses that say: "... and he swore by the one who lives forever and
ever, that he created heaven and the things that are in it, and the earth and the
things that they are in her, that the time would not be more "(Apoc 10: 6 and 7). For
years we have erroneously taught that this text means that after October 22, 1844
there will be no more time prophecy for God's people on Earth. That is to say, that
beyond that date no other prophecy will appear in relation to an exact fulfillment
of prophetic time in the future. This has led to the general conclusion that after the
date of 1844, the remnant people of God will never again announce to the world a
prophecy having to do with an exact prophetic time. If we are really objective and
fair in interpreting this text, in its true context, we will realize that the text is not
really saying what we have been taught up to now. What we are really taught in
that biblical passage is that the time for God's judgment to come would not exceed
the prophetic date of October 22, 1844. The disappointment of the Millerite
movement was the result of a mistake regarding the event that It was to occur at
the end of the 2300 prophetic days of Daniel 8. They did not wander the time of the
fulfillment of the prophecy, but the event that said prophecy marked at the end of
the 2300 years, according to the Biblical-prophetic rule, which says that a day, in
prophetic language, is equivalent to a literal year (see Leviticus 25: 8; Numbers
14:34 and Ezekiel 4: 6). The Millerites, according to the interpretation of popular
theology of the Christian world of their day, thought and taught that the sanctuary
that would be purified was planet Earth. They thought that on October 22, 1844
Christ would return to Earth, to purify it from sin, through the fire of his
glory. Although they were not mistaken in the exact calculation of the time in
which the prophecy would be fulfilled, they erred as to the event that was to take
place. The sanctuary that would be cleansed was the heavenly one (Hebrews 8: 1
and 2). There, in that Holy of Holies, Christ ministers, from his ascension. The
Millerites were wrong about the event that marked the prophecy and not about the
time, specified or in the symbolic ritual of Leviticus 23 and chapters 8 and 9 of the
book of Daniel. Since this prophecy is found in chapter 8 of the book of the prophet
Daniel, we must go from there to understand the real meaning of the phrase: "And
the time would be no more ..." (Rev. 10: 6). There, in (Daniel 8:13), a question
appears that is the one answered in (Rev 10: 6). It says thus: "How long will the
vision of the continuum, the devastating prevarication and the surrender of the
sanctuary and the army to be trampled last ?" And the response was immediate:
"Until 2300 afternoons and mornings, then the sanctuary will be purified." (Daniel
8:14). This is why in the book of Revelation, specifically in its chapter 10, when
reference is made to the disappointment suffered by Miller and his followers,
based on their calculation of the prophetic time announced in (Daniel 8:13 and 14),
he is offered an answer to the question asked in verse 13. This question had a
"How long ...?" so the final answer is given in (Rev. 10: 6), to that of which "time
would be no more." This vision would take time to be fulfilled in the future, from
the days of Daniel, for a space of more than 2300 years. Its beginning was
established during the reign of Artaxerxes, who was king of the Medo-Persian
empire, until the middle of the 19th century, specifically in the autumn of 1844 AD.
In that prophetic year, at the end of the period of 2300 afternoons and mornings, it
would begin to vindicate the truth of God's justice with the beginning of the
judgment in the heavenly sanctuary. In (Daniel 7:22) the parallel passage from this
heavenly judgment event appears as follows: "Until the Ancient of days came, and
justice was done to the saints of the Most High; and the time came, and the saints
received the kingdom". In this passage we are warned that a prophetic time would
come, where the saints of God would receive justice and the divine kingdom. In
the Bible God's judgment is always related to a seizure of power, (compare the
passages in Dan 7:14; Rev 11:15 and Luke 19:12). Therefore as (Dan 7:22) it is only a
parallel passage from (Dan 8:13), and there we are told the following: "Until the
Ancient of days came and justice was done to the saints of the Most High. "So this
is one more part of the answer to the question asked in (Dan 8:13), which said:"
Until when ...? ". This would be reaffirmed, after the disappointment of the
Millerite movement, by the passage of (Rev 10: 6) that says: "that time would not
be more ...". Therefore October 22, 1844 was the correct and exact time in which
God would vindicate his justice and that of his saints, granting the kingdom to
Christ and to them, with the beginning of the heavenly judgment, thus rescuing
the trampled truth from the heavenly sanctuary. . It will be curious to note that this
same question of " How long ...? " Is asked again during the fulfillment of the
prophetic events of the fifth seal of Revelation. There John writes: "When he
opened the fifth seal, I saw under the altar the souls of those who had died because
of the Word of God and the testimony they had. They cried out with a loud voice,
saying: 'How long Lord, Holy and True, are you going to take long to judge and
avenge our blood on those who inhabit the Earth? 'Then they were given white
robes and told to rest for a little while, until the number of their servants and their
brothers who were also to be killed like them. " (Revelation 6: 9-11). As Adventists
we know that the fifth seal corresponds to the historical period of the fifth church
of Revelation, which is Sardis. This was framed in the historical period of the
Protestant Reformation, from 1517 AD, when Martin Luther nailed the 95 theses
against indulgences on the doors of the church of the castle of Wittenberg,
in Germany. This period ended just from 1755 AD, when the period of the sixth
church in Philadelphia began, when the signs of the sixth seal of (Rev. 6:12) began,
with the Lisbon earthquake in Portugal. That period of the church
apocalí OPTICS Philadelphia, historically represented the great global awakening
of the evangelical Christian world to the events that occurred at the Millerites,
between 1840 and 1844, with great disappointment and start of the heavenly
judgment. They cried out to God for justice with the question: "How long [...] will
you take to judge ...?" But the divine response was that they still had to wait a little
while, until the number of their servants and brothers were completed. That was
the time remaining from the completion of the period of the fifth seal, until the end
of the period of the sixth church and sixth seal, concluded when the judgment of
God would begin, at the beginning of the message of the seventh church of
Laodicea and the seventh seal , who began to run, starting from the
disappointment suffered by the Millerites on October 22, 1844. As we said before,
the Millerites were only wrong as to the event of this event. They were totally
correct regarding the date of the event. They came to the solemn conclusion that
the cleansing of the sanctuary, mentioned in Daniel 8, was the cleansing of sin, on
the planet Earth, through the fire of God's presence, during the events of the
Second Coming of Christ in glory and majesty. They did not understand that on
October 22, 1844, a new phase of Christ's high-priestly ministry in the heavenly
sanctuary only began. That day the cleansing of the heavenly sanctuary began,
with the beginning of the day of atonement, which was foreshadowed by the sixth
Jewish ceremonial feast of Leviticus 23. This was the famous day of forgiveness or
Yom-Kippur from which, in detail, makes mention in chapters 16 and 23 of the
book of Leviticus. This annual ceremonial feast, which at the same time was one of
the seven ceremonial Saturdays of the Hebrew festive calendar, was celebrated on
the 10th day of the seventh month. In the year 1844 AD, that day coincided with
the date of October 22. In that year, the prophetic period of 2300 days of Daniel 8
ended. From the decree to restore and build Jerusalem, given by the Medo-Persian
king Artaxerxes, in 457 BC, we would reach 2300 years in the fall of 1844. In
summary we can say that the day of atonement or forgiveness, present in the
symbolic Hebrew ritual , represented the judgment of God which in a future day,
as a shadow, would meet the reality or antitype of heavenly judgment. This and
nothing more than this is the true meaning of what the passage announces
(Revelation 10: 6). The phrase, standing there, that says: "that the time would not
be more ...", does not mean that, after October 22, 1844, the people of God will have
no more messages of time to proclaim. This phrase is only an answer to the
question "Until when ...?" pre sentes in (Daniel 8:13 and Rev. 6:10). That is to say
that the hour or the time had come for God to initiate the judgment so long
awaited by the children of God. This would not extend beyond the date of October
22, 1844, so no one would be authorized to set a date for the start of the trial
beyond that of the fall of 1844. The trial began at that exact time and did not in
another period of time. Although the Millerites had been wrong about the event,
they had calculated the correct time for the fulfillment of the prophecy. So "time
would be no more," for the fulfillment of heavenly judgment. Without a doubt or
speculation, the correct date, according to the calculations of the Biblical prophecy,
cannot go beyond that calculated by the Millerites, in this case on October 22, 1844
AD. This feast was to be celebrated on the 10th of seventh month of the Jewish
religious calendar. In that and only in that prophetic historical date and not in
another the period was fulfilled , preannounced by Gabriel to Daniel, of the 2300
afternoons and mornings of (Daniel 8:14). 

CHAPTER 5 THE PROPHETIC PERIODS

"So understand the command, and understand the vision. Seventy weeks are
determined upon your people and upon your holy city, to end trespass, and put an
end to sin, and expiate iniquity, to bring everlasting righteousness, and seal
vision and prophecy, and anointing the Holy of Holies. So you know, and
understand, that from the departure of the order to restore and build Jerusalem to
Messiah the Prince, there will be seven weeks, and sixty-two weeks; He will
rebuild the square and the wall in troubled times, and after sixty-two weeks the
Messiah will be killed, but not for himself, and the people of a prince who is to
come will destroy the city and the sanctuary; and its end will be with flood, and
until the end of the war the devastations will last . And for another week it will
confirm the pact with many; in the middle of the week it will make the sacrifice
and the offering cease. Then with the multitude of the abominations it will come
the desolate, until v deceive the consummation, and that which is determined,
be poured out upon the desolate. " (Daniel 9: 24 to 27) This warning (Rev. 10: 6),
which reads: "not be time no longer ..." also served as a warning for those Millerites
who followed extensively by calculating the prophetic periods, conteni two in
Daniel 8 and 9. These thought that Miller had been wrong in his calculations of
these prophetic periods and not in the event that they preached. They continued to
teach that the purification of the sanctuary, at the end of the 2300 days of (Daniel 8:
1 4), was the Second Coming of Christ to Earth and they dedicated themselves to
the task of continuing to calculate dates, for the fulfillment of this prophecy. in the
future. But time after time their calculations failed and they clicked and clicked
those who followed in their footsteps. Ellen White documents this very well, in her
writings, saying: "But the appointed time had passed, and the Lord had not
appeared. Believers knew that the Word of God could not fail; their interpretation
of prophecy must be p It was wrong, but where was the error? Many cut the knot
of difficulty without denying that the 2,300 days ended in 1844. This assertion
could not be supported by any proof, except that Christ had not come at the
time when he was expected. It was alleged that if the prophetic days had ended in
1844, Christ would then have returned to cleanse the sanctuary by purifying the
earth by fire, and that since he had not come, the days could not have ended .
Ac EPTAR these conclusions was tantamount to giving up the previous
calculations of the prophetic periods. " (Great Controversy, pp 461 and 462). It
would be fair to clarify here that the term used by her as "the prophetic periods"
refers to the seven periods or divisions of the great prophecy of the seventy weeks
and two thousand three hundred afternoons and mornings, contained in chapters
8 and 9 of Daniel. Let's see these prophetic periods of Daniel 8 and 9. I. First Period:
2300 afternoons and mornings (Day s / Years). II. Second Period: The 70 weeks of
years. III. Third Period: The first 7 weeks of years. IV. Fourth Period: The next 62
weeks of years. V. Fifth Period: The 69 weeks of the 7 plus 62 weeks of
years. SAW. Sixth Period: Half of the last week of years. VII. Seventh Period: The
last week of seven years. Ellen White argues, in all fairness, that Miller's calculation
of the prophetic periods and proclaimed by his followers was not wrong. Starting
from the order to build Jerusalem was in 457 BC, which was the seventh year of the
reign of the Medo-Persian king Artaxerxes, the period of the first 7 weeks of years
would be fulfilled in 408 BC. From there they would run the 62 weeks until the
year 27 AD The 70 weeks would conclude in the year 34 AD, and half of that last
week of years, elapsed between 27 and 34 AD, would indicate the year 31 AD
Thereafter the 2300 years from the same date of the year 457 BC, would lead us to
the year 1844 AD. As the events foretold by the prophecy of those prophetic
periods were fulfilled on the exact date, this being demonstrated by the internal
evidence of the Bible, as by history, no one You should be tempted to force
more compliance with what has already been demonstrated, since it is not subject
to change. Therefore it is a clear and overwhelming fact that Miller and his
followers do not misinterpret the exact calculation of prophetic periods. They were
wrong only about the event that happened at the end of the 2300 years. Ellen
White goes on to say the following about those who continued to be stubborn in
prolonging the fulfillment of the prophetic periods of Daniel 8 and 9: "In
that calculation, everything was clear and harmonious, except the circumstance
that in 1844 no event was seen any that corresponded to the purification of the
sanctuary, denying that the days ended on that date was equivalent to confusing
the whole matter and abandoning beliefs based on the unquestionable fulfillment
of the prophecies, but God had led his people in the great Adventist movement;
power and his glory had accompanied the work, and he would not allow it to end
in darkness and disappointment, to be covered in shame as if it were a mere
morbid excitement and product of fanaticism. shrouded in doubts and
uncertainties, although many abandoned their first calculations of the prophetic
periods, and denied the exact movement of it based on it. Yes, others were
unwilling to deny points of faith and experience that were upheld by Holy
Scripture and by the witness of the Spirit of God. They believed that they had
adopted sound principles of interpretation in their studies of the prophecies , and
that it was their duty to stick firmly to the truths already acquired, and to continue
on the same path of biblical research. Praying fervently, they reconsidered their
situation, and studied the Holy Scriptures to discover their error. Since they found
none in their calculations of the prophetic periods, they were led to examine more
closely the question of the sanctuary. "(Great Controversy. Chap. 24, pp 462 and
463). Thus, upon revisiting again, they discovered that in l There was no evidence
in the Bible that the Earth was the Sanctuary, as they had learned from the popular
theological interpretation of their day, so they discovered that their error was
based on the incorrect interpretation of the event that occurred and that they did
not expect and not their calculations of the prophetic periods which were totally
exact as to the dates. Thus they could discover that this event was the beginning of
the judgment or antitypical day of atonement in the Heavenly Sanctuary, which
was established in the symbolic ritual of (Leviticus 23: 26-32) since the days of
Moses Joseph Marsh, one of the pioneers of Adventism, recognized the following
in early November 1844: "We admit, with joy, that we have been wrong in the
nature of the event that we expected to happen ... but we still cannot admit that our
Great High Priest, on that day, has not fulfilled everything that the guy would
justify that we expect. "( George Knigth, "Unless We Forget ". APIA. February 14,
2014, p 53). Ellen White later confirmed these words in writing this: "The error was
not in the computation of the prophetic periods, but in the event that was to be
verified at the end of the 2,300 days. Because of this error the believers had
suffered a disappointment However, everything predicted by the prophecy had
been fulfilled, and everything that some biblical guarantee allowed us to expect. At
the very moment when they were regretting the disappointment of their hopes ,
the event predicted by the message had taken place, and that it had to be fulfilled
before the Lord could appear to reward his servants. Christ had come, not on
earth, as they expected, but, as symbolized in the symbol, to the most holy place of
the temple of God in the sky." (Great Controversy. P 477). Despite these
clarifications, many insisted on the error of continuing to calculate these prophetic
periods at very different dates located in the future . But none of the prophetic
periods of Daniel 8 and 9 extend until the time of Christ's coming to Earth. The
exact time of Christ's coming is not prophesied in those chapters of the book of
Daniel. The end of the 2300 years only indicated the exact time for the beginning of
the judgment in the Celestial Sanctuary or antitypical day of the Atonement and
not the day and time of the Second Coming of Christ to Earth in glory and
majesty. But they, having turned away from the true light, set about setting date
after date for the coming of the Lord, but time after time they were more and more
disappointed. Concerning this Ellen G. White wrote: "The computation of the
prophetic periods on which that message is based, which place the term of the
2,300 days in the fall of 1844, can subsist without inconvenience. The repeated
efforts made to finding new dates for the beginning and end of the prophetic
periods, and the arguments to support this way of seeing, not only move away
from the present truth, but discredit all efforts to explain the prophecies. " (Great
Controversy, p 510). We can safely say that both the Millerites and us Seventh-day
Adventists are not wrong in calculating the prophetic periods of Daniel 8 and 9.
They (the Millerites) failed in their interpretation of the event. that happened at the
end of the 2300 years. We know that this event was the beginning of the
investigative judgment on October 22 , 1844 AD. The accuracy of the fulfillment of
this prophecy in 1844, does not allow us to run beyond that date the calculation of
the prophetic periods of Daniel 8 and 9 Those who continued to calculate new
dates for the fulfillment of these prophetic periods were totally blind in thinking
that the Millerites had been wrong as to time, and not as to event. This is how they
lost sight of the truth of the beginning of the investigative judgment and the
existence of the
Sa ntuario Celestial. So, in (Rev. 10: 6), they are warned with this phrase: "the time
would be no more." That is why this text of Revelation 10 has been misinterpreted
for years by our theologians, making him say what he is not really saying. This
passage refers to two groups of people within the people of God. First, it is an
answer to the questions asked in (Daniel 8:13 and Rev 6:10); and that both say thus:
"Until when?". This is the question of the saints, crying out to God, about the time
when He would vindicate them with the beginning of the judgment. The second
group is represented by those who said Miller was wrong about the timing of his
prophetic calculations and kept setting new dates for the return of
Christ; calculating time after time the prophetic times of the prophecies of the 70
weeks and the 2300 afternoons and mornings of Daniel 8 and 9. That is why it is
said there that the time would be no more. The time determined, by the potes tad
divina, to begin the heavenly judgment, was October 22, 1844, and no one was
authorized to extend that date by re-calculating the prophetic periods of Daniel 8
and 9. That and that alone means the message of that passage from Revelation ipsis
and not what has been interpreted so far about it. Therefore it would be incorrect
and arbitrary to conclude that this passage is saying that, after 1844, the remnant
people of God will have no more message of time than to proclaim to the
world. For the same reason we could apply the message that Georges Knight gave,
in the morning written in 2014, which says thus: "We can glean a lesson here.
Sometimes, we are more sure of a particular interpretation of Scripture than
that we have a right to. We need to be humble and do our homework in studying
the Word of God. " (Georges Knight. "Unless We Forget." APIA. February 14, 2014,
p 53). 

  

CHAPTER 6 THE JEWISH HOLIDAYS (Type and Antitype)

"In the first month, on the fourteenth of the month, between the two evenings, the
passover is from Jehovah. And on the fifteenth day of this month is the solemn
feast of unleavened bread to Jehovah; seven days you will eat unleavened bread.
On the first day you shall have a holy convocation; you shall not do any slave
labor. And you shall offer an offering by fire to the Lord seven days; on the seventh
day there shall be a holy convocation; you shall do no slave labor. And the LORD
spoke to Moses, saying, Speak to the children of Israel and say to them When you
have entered the land that I am giving you, and you follow its harvest, you will
bring to the priest a sheaf as a firstfruit of the first fruits of your harvest. And the
priest will wave the sheaf before Jehovah, so that you may be accepted; After the
Sabbath he will wave it. And on the day you offer the sheaf, you will offer a one-
year-old lamb, without blemish, as a burnt offering to Jehovah. His offering will be
two-tenths of ephah of flour flour kneaded with oil, offering made by fire to
Jehovah in a most sweet scent, and his libation will be of wine, the cu part of a hin.
You shall not eat bread, nor roasted grain, nor fresh ear, until this very day, until
you have offered the offering of your God; perpetual statute is for your ages
wherever you live. And you shall count from the day that follows the Sabbath,
from the day that you offered the sheaf of the wave offering; seven weeks will be
completed. Until the day after the seventh day of rest you shall count fifty days;
then you will offer the new grain to Jehovah. From your room is to bring two
loaves for a wave offering, which will be two tenths of an ephah of flour, cooked
with yeast, as first fruits for Jehovah. And you shall offer with the bread seven one-
year-old lambs, without blemish, one calf of the herd, and two rams; They will be
a tribute to Jehovah, with his offering and his drink offerings, an offering by fire
with a pleasant odor to Jehovah. You shall also offer one goat for a sin offering,
and two one-year-old lambs as a peace offering sacrifice. And the priest shall
present them as a wave offering before the Lord, with the firstfruits bread and the
two lambs; they will be sacred to Jehovah for the priest. And on this very day you
will summon a holy convocation; you shall do no servant work; perpetual statute
wherever you dwell for your generations. When you reap the harvest of your land,
you will not reap every corner of it, nor will you glean your harvest; for the poor
and for the foreigner you will leave her. I am Jehovah your God. And the LORD
spoke to Moses, saying, Speak to the children of Israel, and say to them, In the
seventh month, on the first of the month, you shall have a Sabbath, a
commemoration to the sound of trumpets, and a holy convocation. You shall do no
servant work; and you shall offer an offering by fire to Jehovah. Jehovah also spoke
to Moses, saying: The ten days of this seventh month will be the day of atonement;
you will have a holy convocation, and you will afflict your souls, and you will offer
an offering by fire to Jehovah. You will do no work on this day; for it is a day of
atonement, to reconcile you before Jehovah your God. For every person who is not
afflicted on this very day will be cut off from his people. And anyone who does
any work on this day, I will destroy such a person from among his people. You
will do no work; perpetual statute is for your generations wherever you live. It
shall be a Sabbath day for you, and you shall afflict your souls, beginning on the
ninth day of the month in the evening; from evening to evening you will keep your
rest. And the LORD spoke to Moses, saying, Speak to the children of Israel and say
to them: On the fifteenth day of this seventh month there will be a solemn feast of
tabernacles to the LORD for seven days. On the first day there will be a holy
convocation; you shall not do any servant work. Seven days you shall offer an
offering by fire to Jehovah; on the eighth day you will have a holy convocation,
and you will offer an offering by fire to Jehovah; It is a party, no work of servants
you will do. These are the solemn feasts of Jehovah, to which you will convene
holy gatherings, to offer an offering by fire to Jehovah, burnt offering and offering,
sacrifice and libations, every thing in its time, in addition to the Sabbath days of
Jehovah, of your gifts, of all your vows, and of all your freewill offerings that you
are accustomed to give to Jehovah. But on the fifteenth day of the seventh month ,
when you have gathered the fruit of the ground, you shall celebrate the Lord for
seven days; The first day will be a Sabbath, and the eighth day will also be a
Sabbath. And on the first day you shall take branches with fruit of a beautiful tree,
branches of palm trees, branches of lush trees , and willows of streams, and you
shall rejoice before Jehovah your God for seven days. And you shall make a feast
to Jehovah for seven days each year; it will be a perpetual statute for your
generations; in the seventh month you will do it. In tabernacles you will dwell
seven days; all natives of Israel will dwell in tabernacles, so that your descendants
may know that in tabernacles I made the children of Israel inhabit when I brought
them out of the land of Egypt. I am Jehovah your God. Thus Moses spoke to the
children of Israel about the solemn feasts of Jehovah. "(Leviticus 23: 5 to 44) After
the Israelites were delivered from Egyptian slavery, by the Almighty hand of
Jehovah, on that memorable night during the miraculous crossing of the Red Sea,
they arrived after 50 days at the foot of Mount Sinai, where God gave them his
Moral Law or the 10 Commandments, and he added a set of ceremonial, civil and
health laws, which would govern them as one model nation among the other
nations of the Earth.But in Leviticus chapter 23, under the power of divine
revelation, he writes to the people a set of ceremonial laws, among which were the
7 annual festivals, and the 7 ceremonial Saturdays of Leviticus 23. These 7 annual
festivals, which included 7 ceremonial Saturdays, had to be celebrated
uninterruptedly, every year, as a type or shadow until they were fulfilled, in the
future, in their antitypical reality. Annual and ceremonial Saturdays prophesied
events that would be fulfilled regarding the events and times specified in the
symbolic rituals of chapter 23 of the book of Leviticus. These were spring and fall
festivities. The first four festivals were held in the spring months and the last
three during the fall season. Let's see below the annual order of these festivities: 1.
EASTER: NISAN 14. (March or April), read (Ex 12: 1-14; Lev 23: 5; Luke 22:13, 14
and Jn 2:13). 2. UNLEAVENED BREADS OR AZIMOS: NISAN 15-21. (March or
April), read (Ex 12: 15-20; 13: 3-10; Lv 23: 6-8; Mrc 14: 1,12). The first two
ceremonial Saturdays appear on this feast, which were kept in the same way as the
weekly Saturday of the seventh day. These were kept from sunset to sunset, and
did not have to coincide with the weekly seventh day to be observed as Sabbath
days. But when one of the annual ceremonial Saturdays coincided with the
seventh-day Saturday, it constituted a more solemn celebration and was called
"great Saturday" or "of great solemnity." An example of this is found in the biblical
passage of (Jn 19:31). This was a day where the celebration of two
Sabbaths coincided at the same time. In this case, the first day of the Feast of
Unleavened Bread (Lev 23: 7, 8) was celebrated on Nisan 15, which was the
Saturday that Jesus was in the tomb since He had been crucified and died on
Friday the 14th of Nisan, during the celebration of the feast of Easter. We should
also highlight that the 21st day of Nisan, which was the last day of the celebration
of the Feast of Unleavened Bread, was also an annual ceremonial Saturday, which
should be observed as a Sabbath as well. 3. PREMIUMS: NISAN 16. (March or
April), read (Lev 23: 9-14). This festival was also called that of the first fruits of the
wheat and barley harvest. 4. PENTECOST OR WEEKS (First Harvest): SIVAN 6.
(May or June), read (Ex 23:16; Lev 23: 15-21; Acts 2: 1). This feast was to be
celebrated 50 days after Nisan 16, which was the day of the Feast of Firstfruits. This
coincided between the month of May or the beginning of June. This party at the
same time constituted the third annual ceremonial Saturday. That day was the first
annual harvest of barley and wheat. (After these first four annual spring
ceremonial feasts, which included three ceremonial Saturdays, the remaining three
autumnal had to be celebrated, which in turn contained four ceremonial
Saturdays.) 5. TRUMPETS (Later called Rosh Hasha na or New Year): 1 of TISHRI.
(September or October), read (Lev 23: 23-25; Num 29: 1-6). This was also a
ceremonial Saturday, so in its order it was the fourth annual ceremonial Saturday.
6. YOM KIPPUR or DAY OF ATONEMENT or FORGIVENESS: 10 of TISHRI.
(September or October), read (Lev 16; Lev 23: 26-32; Heb 9: 7). This day was also to
be observed as a ceremonial Saturday, according to the Jewish holiday calendar.
Therefore this would be the fifth annual ceremonial Saturday. 7. TABERNACLES,
BRANCHES or SECOND HARVEST: 15 from TISHR I to 22 from TISHRI.
(September or October), read (Ex 23:34; Lev 23: 33-43; Num 29: 35-38; Deut 16:13; Jn
7: 2, 37). During this feast the first and eighth days, that is to say the 15th and the
22nd, were to be kept as ceremonial Saturdays, which would be the sixth
and seventh annual ceremonial Saturdays in the festive calendar present in
Leviticus chapter 23. The celebration of these seven feasts Annual, with its seven
ceremonial Saturdays included, were prophecies of time. The first four spring
feasts were to be fulfilled in their antitype, with complete accuracy, during the
events of Christ's ministry at his first coming. The last three festivals would be
celebrated in the autumn time and at the same time these, with their four
ceremonial Saturdays, typified the events in relation to the message of the second
advent of Christ to Earth. We must pay close attention to what we will study from
this moment, because it is very important, to understand the message that the
author of this book wants to share as a new light for the remnant people of God.
For many years we have erroneously taught that no prophetic message will appear
in the Bible in relation to a definite time to be proclaimed by the people of God to
the world and exceeding the date of October 22, 1844. This position is it has
become a dangerous dogma that contradicts the biblical and prophetic pattern of
interpretation applied throughout history to chapter 23 of the book of Leviticus.
Today we all know that it was Moses who, inspired by God, wrote the Pentateuch.
But within the Pentateuch is the book of Leviticus. There, in his chapter 23, God, in
his Omniscience, reveals the end from the beginning, prophetically establishing the
history of the plan of salvation in Christ who is "the Lamb of God who takes away
the sin of the world", through of these seven ceremonial feasts and Saturdays
present that chapter. This was established 1500 years before Christ's first coming to
the world as a human. These festivities would begin their precise fulfillment from
Friday the 14th of Nisan in the year 31 AD, the date on which the paschal feast was
celebrated, the same day that Jesus was crucified and died. These seven feasts were
to extend their prophetic fulfillment from that day, through the centuries of
history, until the Second Coming of Christ to the world in glory and majesty,
during the events of the feast of tabernacles. But each one of these feasts had to
have complete and exact fulfillment regarding the events and times announced in
the symbolic rituals of Leviticus 23. We must understand something very
important about a subject that we have ignored to speak throughout the history of
our movement. . This matter is related to the fact that this Leviticus chapter is one
of the prophetic chapters of the Bible. Therefore, what was pre-announced, in said
chapter, should and must be fulfilled with complete exactitude, regarding the
event and the date of the symbolic rituals established there. Ellen White confirms
this argument, with complete firmness, in her book The Great Controversy, by
telling us the following: "The arguments based on the symbols of the Old
Testament also indicated the fall as the time when the event represented by the
'purification of the sanctuary' had to be verified. This was made very clear when
attention was drawn to the way in which the symbols relating to the first advent of
Christ had been accomplished. The immolation of the paschal lamb foreshadowed
the death of Christ. Saint Paul says: 'Our Passover, which is Christ, was sacrificed
for us.' (1 Corinthians 5: 7) The sheaf of the firstfruits of the wheat, which was the
custom to rock before the Lord at Easter , was a typical figure of the resurrection of
Christ, Saint Paul says, speaking of the resurrection of the Lord and of all his
people: 'Christ the firstfruits, then those who are Christ's at his coming.' (1
Corinthians 15:23) As the sheaf of the wave offering, which was the firstfruits or
the first ripe grains gathered before the harvest, so also Christ is the firstfruits of
that immortal harvest of rescued that in the future resurrection will be collected in
God's barn. " (Great Controversy. Chapter 23, p. 450). Ellen White goes on to say
something very important, in her book, about the fulfillment of these holidays.
Understanding this comment, from the servant of the Lord, is of vital importance,
to realize that the date of October 22, 1844 AD, is not the last message regarding
the time that the people of God should preach to the world. She added the
following: "These symbols were fulfilled not only in terms of the event but also in
terms of time." (Ibid). That is to say , each ceremonial feast, present in chapter 23 of
Leviticus, was fulfilled in the prophetic history of the people of God to the letter,
regarding the event and the time foretold by the symbolic ritual since the
celebration of Easter , on Nisan 14, AD 31, with the death of Christ. Exactly and
punctually, as announced by those spring festivals, everything in history was
accomplished. All of them were a copy, type or shadow of the reality or antitype of
Christ's redemptive ministry or who was the authentic "lamb of God who takes
away the sin of the world" (John 1:29). So on a Friday the 14th of Nisan, as the
Passover feast commanded, but from AD 31, "midway through the final week" of
Daniel chapter 9's 70-week prophecy , Christ was sacrificed as the antitypical
paschal lamb. (1 Cor 5: 7). Thus was fulfilled, on that day, in the exact event and
time, the foretold in (Lev 23: 5). From there, the remaining three spring festivals
had to be fulfilled , in terms of the event and time pre-announced by the symbolic
ritual and they did so. The day after Christ's death, which was Nisan 15, was to be
celebrated on the first day of the Feast of Unleavened Bread, which at the same
time was a ceremonial Sabbath (Lev 23:68). This day of the year 31, when Christ
died, according to (John 19:31) was a day of "great solemnity", since that day two
Saturdays coincided at the same time, in this case the first ceremonial Saturday of
unleavened bread and the seventh weekly day that was of rest, according to (Ex 20:
8-11). The next day, which was the 16th of Nisan, was Sunday in that year 31. That
day the Feast of the Firstfruits or wave sheaves was to be celebrated according to
(Lev 23: 9-14). This holiday prophetically represented the resurrection of Christ
and the group of faithful saints who rose after him to rise again. They were the first
fruits of the great harvest that achieved their redemption. They were resurrected to
be presented in Heaven, before the Father, the angels and the unfallen worlds, as
the first fruits of all human beings who would be harvested by the great sacrifice of
Christ. The evidence of this resurrection is related in (Mat 24: 51-53) and the
apostle Paul speaks of it in (1 Cor 15:23). After this date, there were 50 days to start
the celebration of the feast of Pentecost or the Weeks or the First Harvest as it was
also called. This was celebrated on the 6th day of Siván and was in honor of the
first annual harvest that was that of barley and wheat. This feast was literally
fulfilled 50 days after the resurrection of the firstfruits as stipulated (Lev 23: 15-21).
After his resurrection, Christ appeared to his disciples several times in the space of
40 days . From that date he ascended to Heaven, giving the promise that he would
send the Holy Spirit upon them. This event happened 10 days later, when they
were in the upper room, that is to say, 50 days after the celebration of the first
years . That day marked the beginning of the great harvest of the precious grain of
wheat in God's barn. This is evidenced in the biblical story found in (Acts 2: 1-4, 41,
42). Almost 2000 years later we can affirm, without a doubt, that the exact
fulfillment of the spring festivals contained in the Leviticus 23 prophecy failed.
These festivals were fulfilled, exactly, in terms of the event and the time that pre-
announced the symbolic ritual. But not everything was there at the spring parties.
The autumn ones, too, had to be followed exactly. Let's read what Ellen White
continued to write to us regarding this matter: "Likewise the symbols that refer to
the second advent must be fulfilled at the time indicated by the symbolic ritual."
(Ibid. P 451). Therefore, it is clearly established here that the pattern of prophetic
fulfillment, in EVENT and TIME, of the spring ceremonial feasts of Leviticus
chapter 23 should continue as for the exact fulfillment of the remaining three of
autumn. Therefore and others: the feast of Trumpets, the day of Atonement, and
the feast of Tabernacles must have, like the spring ones, an exact fulfillment as to
the event and the time foretold in their symbolic ritual of Leviticus 23. Then the
presence of this undeniable biblical and prophetic rule, in Leviticus 23, must lead
us to the conclusion that we cannot affirm, as we have done so far, that after the
date of October 22, 1844, the people of God will have no more messages of time to
proclaim to the world. We all know that the Bible does not contradict itself.
Therefore, we human beings are not authorized to deny a clear "Thus
says Jehovah." The question we should now ask ourselves, after having analyzed
these Biblical quotations, in harmony with the Spirit of Prophecy, is the following:
What happens regarding the last or seventh feast on the ceremonial list of Leviticus
23? This is the feast of Tabernacles, Enramadas, Sukkot or Final Harvest. The main
purpose for which God established this feast was for his people to remember that
they lived in tents during their journey in the desert; and to remember that
God also dwelt among them in the Tent of Meeting. "And you shall make a feast to
Jehovah for seven days each year; it shall be a perpetual statute for your
generations; in the seventh month you shall do it. In tabernacles you shall dwell
seven days; every native of Israel shall dwell in tabernacles, that your descendants
may know that in tabernacles I caused the children of Israel to dwell when I
brought them out of the land of Egypt. I am Jehovah your God. " (Lev 23: 42-43).
The Feast of Tabernacles, was the seventh in the calendar, she remembered and
proclaimed the promise that God would dwell in the midst of his people and give
them rest from their works. God promised the people of Israel that His presence
would go with them throughout the journey that would take them to the promised
land . The Meeting Tabernacle that Moses built according to divine guidelines, the
cloud and the fire gave clear and forceful samples of the presence and protection of
God. We must keep in mind that everything that God established in His Word
is for us there with a meaning that we must understand. Everything that God does
has a well defined and defined purpose and He wants us to receive the full
revelation of His truth. But we know, well enough, that its antitypical
fulfillment has not yet occurred. Therefore its fulfillment, like the six that preceded
it, say Easter, Unleavened Bread, Firstfruits, Pentecost, Trumpets and Yom-Kippur,
must be exact regarding the event and the time of the symbolic ritual. If, in
the comments preceding it, we admire its exact fulfillment, in terms of event and
time, with admiration, why do we ignore that the Feast of Tabernacles presents the
same pattern of fulfillment as its predecessors , in As for the event and the present
time in your symbolic ritual? Since before Ellen White wrote on this subject, Miller
and Samuel Snow had already discovered it and published it in the pages of our
editorials. Georges Knight tells us , in detail, about this topic, in the morning of
2014 titled: "Unless we Forget". He refers to the following: "Miller himself had to
show the logic of the new interpretation in an article in Signs of the Times
Magazine on May 17 , 1843. At that time, he reasoned that the first advent of Christ
would have been fulfilled during the spring feasts of the ceremonial year
established in Leviticus 23, but that the feasts of fall, or the seventh month were to
be related to the Second Coming. " (Georges Knight, "Unless We Forget." APIA.
January 23, 2014, page 31). He adds the following: "After all, the firstfruits offering
the death of Christ as the passover lamb and the Pentecostal outpouring had
all occurred according to the New Testament. But none of the seventh-month feasts
tied to time of the harvest had been fulfilled during the New Testament period.
"(Ibidem). Georges Knight continues to tell us the following: "However , Snow
followed the logic of William Miller until his natural conclusion ... Snow had
published his findings in the Midnight Cry on February 22, 1844, for the first time,
but there was no one prepared to listen. However, by August they were all ears.
"(Ibidem). He adds further: "In writing on October 6, the day he finally accepted
the date of October 22, Miller exclaimed, in the cover article of The Midnight Cry
of October 12. 'I see glory in the seventh month that I never saw before Although
the Lord had shown me the typical relevance of the seventh month a year and a
half ago [the article from May 1843], I did not realize the strength of the characters
[...] Thank the Lord, oh my soul. Blessed are Brother or Snow, Brother Storrs and
the others for their intervention to open my eyes. I am almost home. Glory! Glory! I
see that the time is right [. ..] ". (Ibid. January 24, 2014, page 32). The question we
must ask ourselves today is the following: Why have we not continued the logical
line of thought regarding the exact fulfillment of event and time, started by Miller,
resurrected by Snow and Storrs and reaffirmed by Elena de White, in his book The
Great Controversy? The same line of logical thought, in the interpretation of the
Bible, would have led them to understand that the Day of Atonement was the sixth
feast of the Jewish calendar and not the seventh. The seventh and last was that of
the Tabernacles, for which reason that of the Day of Atonement, fulfilled on
October 22, 1844, could not be the event of the Second Coming of Christ, since the
seventh feast was to be fulfilled in its antitype. But both the Millerites and the
Adventist movement have remained static in the date of 1844, without being able
to see beyond the new period of time that marks the Feast of Tabernacles. Why we
Millerites and we, the continuators of his prophetic historical legacy, have not
given it the emphasis due to the content and timing of the Feast of Tabernacles?
Why, if this feast extended beyond the Day of Atonement in regard to its
celebration and fulfillment, in October 1844, do we not speak of its prophetic
fulfillment as to the exact time specified in its symbolic ritual? Why, if we
acknowledge that the first six feasts had an antitypical fulfillment, in terms of
events and times, symbolized by their types, do we not recognize that the seventh
will have an antitypical fulfillment in time as well? George Knight gives us what I
believe is the answer to these questions as follows: "The sad thing is that God has
chosen to use fallible human beings in his earthly mission. The good news is that
he continues to work on us, despite our weaknesses. That is why we can praise
him "(Ibid. January 25, 2014, page 33). Many will wonder the following: Why did
Ellen White not speak on this matter? I would answer them that she did not speak
about it because it was not present truth for her days, therefore she could not see
beyond what God had revealed to her and her contemporaries. Let us analyze
what she wrote, in relation to the revelation of God, according to the needs of each
age: "Cad who has his role to play; each one has been given a certain measure of
light appropriate to the needs of his time, and enough to enable him to accomplish
the work God assigned him. However, no man, no matter how much Heaven has
honored him , ever fully understood the great plan of redemption, or even
properly appreciated the divine purpose in the work. for their own time. Men do
not fully understand what God would like to accomplish through the work
He gives them to do; they do not fully understand the message that is proclaimed
in His name ... Prophets who were favored by the special enlightenment of the
Spirit fully understood the scope of the revelations that were bestowed upon
them.Their meaning was to be clarified, from century to century, as the people of
God needed rate the instruction contained in them. " (Great Controversy. Chapter
20, pp 292, 293). The Bible speaks to us on this subject in the following way :
"Concerning which salvation, the prophets diligently sought and inquired, who
prophesied of the grace that was reserved for you: inquiring what or what manner
of time the Spirit of Christ indicated that was in them, when beforehand it bore
witness of the sufferings that would last until Christ and of the glories that would
follow them. To whom it was revealed that they ministered not for themselves, but
for us. " (1Pe 1: 1012). Ellen White, commenting on this passage, tells us the
following: "Nevertheless, despite not having been given to the prophets who fully
understood the things that were revealed to them, they fervently sought all the
light that God had seen fit to manifest [...] What a lesson for the people of God in
the Christian era, for the benefit of which these prophecies were given to his
servants! ... Consider those holy men of God who diligently 'sought and inquired'
concerning to the revelations that were given to generations that were not yet born.
" (Great Controversy. Chapter 20, p 393). She continues writing the following:
"Although it is true that the intelligence of men is not able to penetrate the councils
of the Eternal, nor to fully understand the way in which their designs are carried
out, the fact that they are so vague Messages from heaven are often due to some
mistake or carelessness on their part. Often the minds of the people — and even
the servants of God — are clouded by human opinions, traditions, and the false
teachings of men, of luckily they only partially understand the great things that
God revealed in His Word. " (Ibid. P 394). Undoubtedly, the message of the
harvest, represented at the Feast of Tabernacles , was not truly present neither for
the Millerites nor for the pioneers of the Adventist movement. Although the light
was manifest, from his days his spiritual sight could not see beyond the date of the
day of atonement in 1844. They only spokeThey were the fulfillment of the event
and time until the period of the sixth feast which was the day of Atonement. They
did not realize that the Tabernacles, which represents the time of the final harvest
of Christ, in his Second Coming to the world, has a prophetic time that must also
be fulfilled in its antitype. Ellen White wrote about this fact, without realizing that
she was doing it, when she said: "Likewise the symbols that refer to the second
advent must be fulfilled at the time indicated by the symbolic ritual." (Ibid.
Chapter 23, p 452 ). Ellen White preached the message that Christ entrusted to her,
even though she herself did not fully understand its full meaning. The reason for
this is that the message of the harvest, present in the antitypical fulfillment of the
Feast of Tabernacles, was not for his generation . They were left with only the light
on the fulfillment of the event and time of the Feast of the Day of Atonement. In
this case, on the 10th day of the seventh month, at the end of the 2300 afternoon
and morning period of (Daniel 8:14). That is, on October 22, 1844. Unfortunately,
we still continue saying, after the date of October 22, 1844, that as a remnant
people we have no other message to proclaim to the world, regarding time. The
question that must be asked by the faithful and sincere students of the Bible,
among the Adventist people, is the following: What do we do with the date that
prophesies the time in which the event of the seventh feast of Tabernacles, from the
chapter, must be fulfilled? 23 of Leviticus, and that has not yet been
fulfilled? Today we know that every Seventh-day Adventist knows, in abundance,
that this feast represents the Second Coming of Christ to our world, together
related to the seven-day journey, narrated in the first vision that Ellen White had,
quoted in Early Writings. , on page 16, and in the first volume of Testimonies for
the Church. Let's see what she wrote: "We all entered the cloud together and spent
seven days going up to the sea of glass. Jesus brought the crowns and placed them
on our heads with his own hand. He gave us gold harps and palms of victory .
"(1TI p 64). If each prophesied event, in the six feasts preceding that of the
Tabernacles, was fulfilled at the exact time specified in the symbolic ritual of
(Leviticus 23: 1-44); So why do we not continue to teach this prophetic biblical
interpretation principle, regarding the time foretold in the symbolic ritual of the
Feast of Tabernacles, the fulfillment of which we know is still in the future? I
believe that we should not neglect, ignore or violate this prophetic pattern,
established in Leviticus 23, because we would not be speaking "according to the
law and the testimony", as it expresses (Isaiah 8:20). With this attitude we would be
violating the fact that the Word of God is not of private interpretation, but that we
must let it interpret itself by itself, as it says (2 Pet 1: 19-21). I would like to ask
those of you who read what has been written so far to please put all prejudice and
prejudice aside, and with an open mind analyze every detail presented here in a
spirit of prayer, so that God may enlighten us more on this matter. It will be very
interesting for us to read this quote that Ellen White wrote in the year 1900 and of
which she could not understand what she was writing, at that time, in all the depth
of its meaning. This quote goes like this: "Now the message of the angel that
follows the third should be given in all parts of the world. It should be the message
of the harvest, and the whole earth will be illuminated with the glory of the
Lord." (Letter 86, 1900; EUD. P 177. APIA). We must be careful if we are not giving
in all parts of the world this message of the fourth angel that follows the third and
that is the message of the Harvest or Tabernacles. When we come to study the
entire chapter 14 of Revelation, carefully, we can see that this fourth angel, who
proclaims the time of the Harvest or Si ega, presents, in his message, the same
pattern and sequence of the three angels before him . But as a movement we only
speak and emphasize the message of the 3 angels, but sadly the message of the
fourth angel, which is the Harvest, has been overlooked. In (Rev. 14: 14-16), the
Second Coming of Christ to Earth is described on a white cloud, with a golden
crown on his head, and a sharp sickle in his hand. Immediately a fourth angel
appears "shouting with a loud voice", through me from heaven, like the first angel
of (Rev 14: 7) and the third angel of verse 9, and saying to Christ: "Put your sickle
in and Harvest, for the TIME TO REAP has come, for the harvest of the earth is
ripe! " (Rev. 14:15). (The emphasis is mine). Noso ters, Adventists, we know that
every angel of this chapter represents an organized movement, under the
inspiration of the Holy Spirit, a run with all energies, global message. Therefore,
this fourth angel, who proclaims the time of harvest or harvest, repeats the same
biblical pattern of the three that preceded him. To the message of the first angel is
added that of the second and the third in his proclamation, so that the three
constitute a unit. But there does not end everything, since a fourth angel appears
who joins the world proclamation with the message of the harvest time. But the
most striking point of this message, from the fourth angel, is that the time factor
appears in it, mentioned with the same grammatical phraseology present in the
time message announced by the first angel. Although we remember, the first angel
said: "Fear God and give him glory, because the hour of his judgment has come ..."
(Rev. 14: 7a). (The emphasis is mine). As Adventists we have always
interpreted this passage very accurately. We believe that the phrase "the hour of
his judgment has come ..." refers to the fulfillment of the proclamation of the
beginning date of the investigative judgment of God that began on October 22,
1844, at the end of the 2300 days from (Daniel 8:14). This prophetic time fulfillment
was foretold in the symbolic ritual of the Feast of the Day of Atonement of (Lev 23:
26-34). This day was celebrated on the 10th of the seventh month of the Hebrew
calendar, for which it must have exact, antitypical fulfillment, regarding the event
and the time specified in the symbolic ritual of Leviticus 23. This is an
interpretation in which all theologians Adventists agree. But if we analyze, in
detail , the phrase of the fourth angel which also cries out, with a loud voice, as the
first angel did saying: "the TIME to reap has come" (Emphasis is mine). The form of
the fourth angel's message is a carbon copy of the first angel's message, regarding
the announcement of a time or hour for the fulfillment of the event that is to take
place. We must analyze that in the message of the second and third angel there is
no proclamation of time, in its prophetic biblical content, and therefore there is no
definite date regarding its announcement to the world. The time or hour of
judgment, announced in the message of the first angel, refers to the time
announced in the feast of the Day of Atonement of Leviticus 23. This would be
fulfilled on the 10th day of the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar which, in
the year 1844, fell on October 22, at the end of the prophetic period of the 2300
afternoons and mornings of Daniel 8. After the sixth feast, which was the day of
Atonement, the seventh feast, which was the Harvest, Enramadas or Tabernacles,
and this also had a date for its celebration in the symbolic Hebrew ritual. This was
to be held between the 15th to the 22nd of the seventh month. This represented a
shadow or type of the antitype that had to be fulfilled in the reality of the final
harvest of the saved, in the events of the Second Coming of Christ to the world and
the transfer of his Church to the heavenly homeland. Therefore, this and no other
is the message that the fourth angel of Revelation 14 must proclaim. This angel
loudly proclaims : "Throw in your sickle and reap, for the hour to reap has
come ...!" (Apoc 14:15). We apply all logic and reason to the interpretation of the
phrase "the hour of his judgment has come", to the time factor, used in the message
of the first angel of Revelation 14. There we argue that the moment when this
judgment began was on October 22, 1844, at the end of the prophecy of the 2300
days of Daniel 8. Therefore we must apply the same interpretation to the time
factor present in the message of the fourth angel of Revelation, when he says:
"because the time to reap has arrived". In both biblical passages the language used
is almost the same. Just as in the sixth typical feast, which was the Day of
Atonement, there was a date for its typical fulfillment , during the beginning of the
message of the first angel of Revelation, which proclaims the beginning of the hour
of judgment; likewise the seventh feast, of the Tabernacles, had a typical date. This
must be fulfilled in its antitypical reality, at the moment that the fourth angel
proclaims: "because the hour to reap has come." The general context of the passage
of Revelation 14, in relation to the feasts of Leviticus 23, obliges us to do so, since in
verses 7 and 15 of Revelation the same pattern or phraseology is used. If we do not
apply the same principle of biblical, prophetic, grammatical and historical
interpretation to both passages, we would be in violation of the rules of biblical
interpretation. Therefore we can say as a summary that: The angel that follows the
third proclaims a definite time message, based on the ceremonial feasts of chapter
23 of the book of Leviticus, as the first angel did. He proclaims the arrival of the
hour of the Harvest or Harvest, in the same way that he proclaimed the exact hour
of the arrival of the judgment of God. All this can be proved, objectively, in the
exact fulfillment, as regards time, of each one of the ritual or ceremonial feasts of
chapter 23 of the book of Leviticus s. From that chapter we can understand that
each feast, announced by God, to his servant Moses, was fully fulfilled. From the
death of Christ, as a paschal lamb, on Nisan 14, AD 31, until the Day of Atonement,
October 22, 1844, each of the festivals of Leviticus 23 was fulfilled, with complete
accuracy. , regarding the event and the present time in its symbolic ritual. So far
only six of these festivals have been fulfilled, therefore only one remains to be
fulfilled in terms of its event and time as its predecessors. This is the feast of
Tabernacles, which was to be celebrated between the 15th and 22nd of the seventh
month of the Hebrew calendar. This is the moment proclaimed by the fourth angel
of Revelation 14, which announces the arrival of the hour of the harvest or harvest
of Christ in his Second Coming to Earth. As this event is still in the future, it is
logical to say that it has an exact date for its fulfillment as it happened with each of
the six festivals before it, because it is indicated in its symbolic ritual. Therefore,
although it seems difficult to accept, the people of God have a date to announce
regarding the fulfillment of the events of the harvest time. In all of this we must
be absolutely sure that the Word of God has no contradictions. If all the festivals of
Leviticus 23 were to be fulfilled in terms of their event and time, and thus far it has
been, we cannot say that the seventh festival, which is yet to be fulfilled in the
future, will not do so in the same way as its predecessors. This would be to
question the Word of God and especially the interpretation that we have made up
to now, as a movement, of chapter 23 of the book of Leviticus. Today we must
remember and keep in mind the words of Jesus in his Semon on the Mount when
he said: "Do not think that I have come to abolish the law or the prophets; I have
not come to abolish, but to fulfill. For truly I tell you that until heaven and earth
pass, not a jot or a tittle will pass from the law, until all is fulfilled. So whoever
breaks one of these very little commandments, and thus teaches men, very little
will be called in the kingdom of heaven, but whoever does it and teaches it, he will
be called great in the kingdom of heaven, because I tell you that if your
righteousness is not greater than that of the scribes and Pharisees, you will not
enter the kingdom of heaven. " (Matthew 5:17 to 20). (The emphasis is
mine). Therefore, if we analyze the content of these words of Jesus, we are not
authorized to say that Christ will return to Earth a second time, without first
fulfilling each jota and each tílde of the Law, Pentateuch or Torah. As the event
and time of the ritual feast of Tabernacles has not yet had its antitypical and
prophetic fulfillment, regarding these two dimensions, heaven and earth cannot
pass until everything written in the Bible reaches full and complete fulfillment . We
know that the Feast of Tabernacles symbolizes the Second Coming of Christ to
Earth as represented in the passage from (Rev. 14: 14-16). This festival, like its
predecessors, has a defined time for its fulfillment, as indicated in (Lev 23: 33-
43). Therefore , we must seek the true balance between these two passages and
harmonize them, since the Bible does not contradict itself in any of its parts. In it
there is total harmony, since "the holy men of God spoke inspired by the Holy
Spirit " (2 Pet 1:21). The apostle Paul, speaking about the antitypical fulfillment of
the ceremonial feasts and Saturdays of Leviticus 23, told us the following,
regarding his letter to the Colossians: "Therefore no one criticizes you in matters of
food or drink, or in as for feast days, new moon or Saturdays. All this is a shadow
of what is to come, but the body is of Christ. " (Col 2:16, 17). If we analyze the
historical context when the apostle Paul wrote this letter, then we will understand
that for him the spring festivals, from Easter to Pentecost, had been fulfilled in the
past. In these, his shadow with the antitype had already been found in the spring
of 31 AD. He clearly tells us about the past fulfillment of the Passover festivals and
the Firstfruits in the following way: "Our Passover, which is Christ, has already
been sacrificed for us" (1 Cor 5: 7). "But each in his own order: Christ, the firstfruits;
then those who are Christ's, at his coming." (1 Cor 15:23). (The emphasis is
mine). Therefore, it is totally logical to suppose that the apostle Paul is speaking to
us about the unfulfilled feasts of the autumn period. And as we know these
represent the events of the Second Coming of Christ to Earth. Why can we reach
this conclusion? Everything will be easy for us if we understand that the first four
spring festivals had been fulfilled in AD 31. We know, by the prophecy of the
seventy weeks, that the conversion of the Apostle Paul from Judaism to
Christianity occurred three and a half years after the death, resurrection and
ascension to Heaven of Christ. This happened in 34 AD, shortly after the stoning of
Stephen. But analyzing the historical context of the letter of the apostle Pabl or to
the Colossians, everything seems to indicate that the date of its preparation was
between 60 and 61 AD. Thus we can calculate that from the death of Christ, in the
year 31 AD, until this date about 30 years had passed. Therefore, the four spring
festivals had already been held for three decades. And this is many years before
the apostle wrote on this matter to the church at Colosse. Therefore and others he
could not be talking about its future fulfillment since he was aware of
its fulfillment in the past, as he had expressed in his letter to the Corinthian church
(1 Cor 5: 7; 15:23). When he speaks to the Colossians he says, "This is all a shadow
of what is to come" (Col 2:17). This indicates to us that if Paul wrote this letter in
the year 60 or 61 AD, he is not talking about the spring festivals whose shadow
had come true in the year 31 AD He, better than anyone, knew about this matter
and for that reason the context gives us to understand that he was talking about
the future fulfillment of the antitypical reality of the autumn festivals. Therefore
we can conclude that he was speaking of the fulfillment, in the future, of the last
three feasts and of the four ceremonial Saturdays of the list of Leviticus 23. In his
day, the first four spring feasts, with their three ceremonial Saturdays, they were
not the shadow of anything, because their antitypical reality had been fulfilled
thirty years ago. He was fully aware that the last three fall feasts, with their four
ceremonial Saturdays , remained "shadow" of the future antitypical reality. All this
is reasonable, because in their days none of them had been fulfilled. From the days
of the apostle Paul, to the present time, only two of them have been fulfilled,
regarding their event and time. These are the Feast of Trumpets and the Day of
Atonement. Therefore, they are no longer the shadow of anything since they began
to be fulfilled, in Miller's time, when meeting their antitypical reality, regarding the
event and the time foretold in their symbolic ritual of Leviticus 23. These were
fulfilled since Miller accepted and began loudly proclaiming the date of October
22, 1844, as the time for the fulfillment of the 2300 afternoon
and morning prophecy . Miller, at first, did not accept Samuel Snow's idea
regarding the fulfillment of the 2300 afternoon and morning prophecy that would
occur in that year during the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. As he had
suffered the disappointments of 1843, he did not want to venture to announce a
new date. But this time Samuel Snow's conclusion was so irrefutable that everyone
understood that the antitypical day of the Atonement really had to be celebrated
on the same day that the Jews celebrated it in 1844. Samue l Snow made this
calculation inquiring among the Karaite Jews when they they celebrated the Day of
Atonement in 1844, which was the culmination of the prophetic periods of 70
weeks and 2300 evenings and mornings of Daniel 8 and 9. Since God gave Israel
the ritual laws of Leviticus 23, at the time of Moses , they have celebrated, for more
than 3500 years, uninterruptedly, these festivals. Therefore there is no doubt that
October 22, 1844 AD, was the exact date that coincided with the 10th day of the
seventh month of the Hebrew Calendar. And on that day all Karaite Jews in the
world celebrated Yom Kippur. When Snow presented these reasons and the
majority of Millerites accepted them as the truth, he began a powerful
proclamation of this message among them, but it was missing for Miller to join as
leader of the movement in proclaiming the message of the seventh month. Seeing
that everything was reasonable and that the majority accepted Samuel Snow's
reasoning, he decided to join them in the proclamation. The feast prior to the Day
of Atonement, that is, that of the Trumpets, was celebrated ten days before the day
of Atonement began. That is, the first day of the seventh month. And in the year
1844 the Feast of Trumpets was to be celebrated on October 12, which was ten days
before the 22nd. The curious thing in all this is that this was the day that Miller
finally announced in public, through " The Midnight Cry ", the acceptance of the
date of October 22. This is not how Georges Knight recounted them in the morning
of 2014 as follows: "When writing on October 6, the day he finally accepted the
date of October 22, Miller exclaimed, in the cover article of The Midnight Cry. of
October 12. "I see a glory in the seventh month that I never saw before. Although
the Lord had shown me the typical relevance of the seventh month a year and a
half ago [the May 1843 article], yet I did not realize account of the strength of the
characters [...] Thank the Lord, oh my soul. Blessed be Brother Snow, Brother
Storrs and the others for their intervention to open my eyes. I'm almost home.
Gloria! Glory !!! I see that the time is right [...] "(Ibid. January 24, 2014, page
32). Therefore, October 12, 1844 was an anti- peak day in God's prophetic
calendar. Because when Miller joined the proclamation of the date of October 22
and this was published for all Millerites, on one of the official pages of the
movement, on October 12, the symbolic ritual was being carried out at a happy
time and of the Feast of Trumpets, which was to be celebrated ten days before that
of the Day of Atonement, or Yom Kippur; which, in 1844, was due to fall on
October 22. Thus, in October 1844, the first two autumn feasts of the prophetic and
ritual calendar present in Leviticus 23 were fulfilled. But we still have a feast that
has not been fulfilled in its antitypical reality and which is still a shadow of what
must come. This is the seventh and last of all, called da of the Enramadas, Sukkot,
Harvest or Tabernacles. This, as we have previously said, was to be celebrated
between the 15th and 22nd days of the seventh month as stipulated (Lev 23: 33-
43). But we all know that this will only meet its reality or antitype at the time of
Jesus' Second Coming to the world, to effect the harvest or harvest of his people, as
indicated (Rev. 14: 14-16). As a final conclusion we must admit that the shadow of
all the annual feasts and ceremonial Saturdays of chapter 23 of the book of
Leviticus had to be fulfilled, with full prophetic accuracy, in its antitypical reality,
in terms of the events and times specified in its symbolic rituals. But until now
only the first six have been fulfilled , with only the last of these to be fulfilled in
both event and time. This is the Feast of Tabernacles, specified in (Lev 23: 33-
43). Its shadow must become a reality of event and time, since this is the only one
that is "shadow of what is to come" (Col 2:17). Therefore, based on these reasons,
we can reach the following conclusion: After the date of October 22, 1844
AD, the remnant people of God do have a message to proclaim to the world
regarding time. Because if all the festivals of Leviticus 23 must be fulfilled in terms
of the event and the time specified in their symbolic rituals, and so far the first six
have done so with complete historical, prophetic and mathematical precision, we
can be sure that the seventh party will also be fulfilled, with complete accuracy,
regarding its event and time. We would only have to calculate the year in which
the date of the Tabernacles is to be fulfilled, in terms of event and future time. For
this we must act as Samuel Snow did in the past. We must, like him, follow the
logic of Miller's thought, published in the Signs of the Times and the Midnight Cry,
between May 17, 1843 and February 22, 1844. We can achieve all this if we
remember and we claim the promise of the Lord that says: "The secret things
belong to Jehovah our God, but the revealed ones are for us ..." (Deut 29:29). 

 
 
 

CHAPTER 7 CHRONOGENEALOGIES AND THE 6000 YEARS

"And Adam lived a hundred and thirty years, and begot a son in his likeness, after
his image, and called his name Seth. And there were the days of Adam after he
begat Seth, eight hundred years, and he begat sons and daughters. And they were
all the days that Adam lived nine hundred and thirty years, and died. Seth lived
one hundred and five years, and begot Enos. And Seth lived, after he begot Enos,
eight hundred and seven years, and begot sons and daughters. And they were
every day of Seth nine hundred and twelve years; and he died. Enosh lived ninety
years and begot Cainan. And Enosh lived, after he begat Cainan, eight hundred
and fifteen years, and begot sons and daughters. And it was all the days of Enosh
nine hundred and five years; and He died. Cainan lived seventy years, and begot
Mahalaleel. And Cainan lived, after he begat Mahalaleel, eight hundred and forty
years, and begot sons and daughters. And all the days of Cainan were nine
hundred and ten years; and he died. Mahalaleel lived He was five years old, and
begot Jared, and Mahalaleel lived after he begot Jare d eight hundred and thirty
years, and begot sons and daughters. And all the days of Mahalale were eight
hundred and ninety-five years; and died. Jared lived one hundred and sixty-two
years, and begot Enoch. And after he begot Enoch, Jared lived eight hundred
years, and begot sons and daughters. And all the days of Jared were nine hundred
and sixty-two years; and died. Enoch lived sixty-five years, and begot
Methuselah. And Enoch walked with God, after he begat Methuselah, three
hundred years, and begat sons and daughters . And all the days of Enoch were
three hundred and sixty-five years. So Enoch walked with God, and disappeared,
because God brought him. Methuselah lived one hundred and eighty-seven years,
and begot Lamech. And Methuselah lived, after he begot Lamech,
seventeen eighty-two years, and begot sons and daughters. So all the days of
Methuselah were nine hundred and sixty-nine years; and died. Lamech lived one
hundred and eighty-two years, and begot a son; And he called his name Noah,
saying, He will relieve us of our works and the work of our hands, because of the
land that Jehovah cursed. And after he begot Noah, Lamech lived five hundred
and ninety-five years, and begot sons and daughters. And all the days of Lamech
were seven hundred and seventy-seven years; and died . And Noah being five
hundred years old, he begot Shem, Ham, and Japheth. These are the generations of
Shem: Shem, a hundred years old, fathered Arfaxad, two years after the flood. And
Shem lived after he begot Arfaxad five hundred years, and begot sons and
daughters. Arfaxad lived thirty-five years, and begot Sala. And after he begot Sala,
Arphaxad lived four hundred and three years, and begot sons and daughters. Sala
lived thirty years, and fathered Heber. After he begot Heber, Salah lived four
hundred and three years, and begot sons and daughters. Heber lived thirty-four
years, and fathered Peleg. After He begot Peleg, Heber lived four hundred and
thirty years, and begot sons and daughters. Peleg lived thirty years, and fathered
Reu. And Peleg lived after he begot Reu two hundred and nine years, and begot
sons and daughters. Reu lived thirty-two years, and begot Serug. And Reu lived
after he begot Serug two hundred and seven years, and begot sons and
daughters. Serug lived thirty years, and he generated Nacor. And Serug lived after
he begot Nacor two hundred years, and begot sons and daughters. Nacor lived
twenty-nine years, and fathered Terah. And after he begot Terah, Nahor lived a
hundred and nineteen years, and begot sons and daughters. Terah lived
for seventy years, and begot Abram, Nacor and Haran. "(Genesis 5 and 11)"
Charles Darwin, author, among many other books, of the origin of species (1859)
and The Ancestry of Man (1871 ), was the central figure in a great revolution in
thought , which occurred about 100 years ago (published in 1970). At that time it
was a common belief that the world had only about 6000 years of existence, that it
had been created by God about 4000 years before Christ, as a finished product in
perfect operating conditions, and that then about 6000 years later, it continued
being largely the same as it was when He had left him as he was preparing to rest
from his six-day labor. "(Benjamin Farrington. What Did Darwin Really Say?
Cuban Book Institute , Havana 1970. Introduction, p 70) We have taken the
previous quote, to head this chapter, because it is very important that we
understand what the general belief of the Christian world was before 1844. We
should note that this was a book made in Cuba, by a non-Christian publisher. 1959
education in Cuba has been based on the materialistic atheistic principles of
Marxist philosophy, but the publication of this book is curious, where Darwin's
doubts are expressed regarding his theories and where, in its pages, the author
emphasizes that Darwin's favorite book, the one that accompanied him day and
night, was "The Lost Paradise". Why do we say this? For the simple reason that this
quote, from a materialistic atheist publisher , such as the Cuban one, recognizes
that the general belief of the Christian world, until the middle, and because not
until the end of the 19th century, was that our world was only about 6000 years
old. of creation. But unfortunately liberal theology, led by
the Jesuit infiltration among Christian theological circles, and emerged in the first
two decades of the 20th century, has influenced in such a way, with its sophisms
and speculations that deny the literality of the account of the first 11 chapters of the
Bible, to the Protestant world who have taken it as theological teaching in most of
their seminaries. Unfortunately, fundamentalists have been called, in the most
negative sense of the word, those who currently defend the literal account of
the Bible from Genesis 1 to 11, and believe in the reality of biblical prophecies and
in the literal reality. of the miracles performed by Jesus and his apostles. We
Adventists know that Satan raised, in parallel with the Adventist movement,
which began proclaiming the truth of the heavenly sanctuary and the worship of
the Creator in 1844, various conflicting philosophies and theories of God's truth, to
deflect the attention from the world of present truth. He knew that the 2300
afternoon and morning prophecy would be fulfilled in the fall of 1844, and that at
that time God would raise up a movement to restore his truth to the world. That is
why he used his instruments, within the Secret Societies, to avoid, with his
diabolical theories, the knowledge of the pure truth of God. We have an example
of this in the emergence of the theory of evolution in 1844, when Darwin wrote his
book, "The Origin of Species". This entire theory of Darwin was influenced by his
grandfather Erasmus Darwin, who was a 33rd degree Illuminatti Freemason. Also
around the year 1844, Marx and Engels, who "coincidentally" were Freemasons
too, started their theory of atheistic materialism or scientific communism that
denies the existence of God. Also in 1848 the modern spiritism arose that
reaffirmed the first lie of Satan in the garden of Eden about the natural immortality
of the soul, when he said to Eve "You will not die ...". At that time (1830 to 1850)
John Nelson Darby, Edward Irving, and Margaret Mc Donald appeared with the
science fiction tale of the secret rapture to scuttle the fundamental truth of Jesus'
Second Coming to the world in glory and majesty. . We would lack the time and
space to talk about the "timely" discovery of the Sinaitic Codex, "accidentally " in
the date of 1844. This was found in the orthodox monastery of Santa Catalina in the
Sinai peninsula, together with the Codex of the The Vatican wants to destroy the
traditional "Textus Receptus" with the composition of the corrupt Greek text of the
also members of the Secret Societies Westcott and Hort. Without a doubt, we must
defend the foundations of our Christian faith, taught by divine inspiration. These
came to us from the time of Moses and were established in the Canon of the
Bible. We must be careful about teaching theistic evolution, since there were no
long evolutionary periods of millions of years after God started life in the
universe. Creation happened in as little as six literal 24-hour days as the Genesis
1 ex- dam. Our creation is recent and began only about 6000 years ago. For this
reason, in this chapter we will analyze the comment that appears in the Sabbath
School brochure for adults, entitled: "The Creation of God", dated the first quarter
of the year 2000. This comment appeared in the fifth lesson of the aforementioned
brochure. This was between the days, Saturday 22, to Tuesday January 25, on its
pages 33 to 36. There its author, Randall Younquer, wrote about the
chronogenealogies of the Bible and its relationship with the 6000 years of
creation. Among other things, he reported the following: "We must recognize that
there is not a single verse in the Bible that tells us precisely in what year, or how
long ago, creation occurred. However, there is a considerable amount of data in the
Bible chronological which are considered as a whole, pointing to a recent creation.
For this reason, the idea that the first week of creation occurred only a few
thousand years ago has been what Jews and Christians believed throughout the
This understanding was almost universally accepted by believers until the 19th
century, when the discoveries of modern geology began to challenge that
conclusion. Ellen White said that 'many who profess to believe the Bible cannot
explain how they came to exist the wonderful things found on Earth, nor that
creation only occupied seven literal days, and that the world is now only about
6000 years old ed ad '(S igns of the Times, March 20, 1879). " (Randall Younquer,
Sabbath School Booklet: "The Creation of God." Year 2000, page 34.) Randall
Younquer continues his comment: "Throughout the centuries, many Bible scholars
have been fascinated by the chronological data that There is in it and they have
tried to use that information to reconstruct a chronology of the world, however,
the chronological material of the Bible is not always easy to understand, and
scholars have not been able to agree on a single biblical chronology. Thus, it is not
surprising that in 1738, Des Vignolles, of the Royal Society of Berlin, could affirm
that he knew at least 200 biblical chronologies, in which the date of creation varied
from 3500 BC to 7000 BC. The best known of these chronologies was that of
Archbishop James Ussher (15811656), of Armagh, Northern Ireland, whose scheme
was widely disseminated because it was chosen to be printed in the margins of
King J's Bible. received , in the year 1679. According to Ussher's calculations, the
creation happened in 4004 BC. The date of Ussher was later refined by Dr. John
Lightfood of Oxford, who claimed (unfortunately without solid Biblical support)
That Adam was created at 9:00 in the morning on October 23, 4004 BC! "(Ibidem.)
His commentary continues:" Some have suggested that the time that has elapsed
since the week of creation could be extended if there were "gaps" between the
generations of the genealogies of Genesis 5 and 11. It is true that often, both in
modern and in the ancient Near East genealogies, the relationship between father
and son should not always be taken as direct: sometimes a "father" may actually
have been a grandfather or great-grandfather, etc. There seem to be some such
cases of genealogies compressed into later written portions of the Bible. For
example, if the genealogy of (Ezra 7: 1 to 5) is compared to that of (1 Chron 6: 3 to
15), six generations seem to have been omitted from Ezra. Apparently in this
passage, the line of descent appears to be considered to be more important than
providing the complete record of genealogy (see Adventist Bible Commentary, T1
pp 190, 191). " Ancient peoples remembered genealogies for various reasons. Many
genealogies of the Ancient Near East that have been discovered were prepared by
the sociopolitical elite of large states or ruling bureaucracies. The genealogies
found were generally interested, and this is not surprising, in the succession of
who held power, especially kings, and sometimes priests (who acted in politics as
well as religion) and scribes.The purpose of these genealogies was to give "status"
to people and to justify their office or possession of their lands. "Later biblical
genealogies, especially after the rise of the monarchy, sometimes had a purpose,
too. The exiled Israelites who returned to their homeland were undoubtedly
concerned about how they could recover the land that had belonged to their
family, and genealogies could help them in that regard. Genealogies were also
important in determining the legitimacy of those who claimed the right to certain
charges, especially the Levitical charges. This may be, in part, the reason that the
books of Ezra and Nehemiah recorded genealogies of returning exiles (see Ezra 7
and 8 and Nehemiah 7). "Disputes about genealogies to establish rights or" status
"in society, perhaps were behind Paul's warning against wasting time in
discussions about genealogies (1 Tim 1: 4 and Titus 3: 9 ); this was not a
concern with chronology per se. In contrast, the genealogies of (Genesis 1-11) have
a significantly different function, which is clearly reflected in the concerns of a
premonarchical, tribal-structured society (the people for whom Mosesis originally
wrote.) (Ibid. p 35) In the light of the Bible we can assure that there is no gap
between the chronogenealogies of Genesis 5 and 11. Randall Younquer continues
to give us his interesting comment, around this In fact, as follows: "There are
several reasons to believe that the genealogies of (Genesis 5 and 11) were not
deliberately compressed as others were. First, these early genealogies in the Bible
cannot be compared simplistically with other genealogies of the Ancient Near East,
or even with those that appear later in the Bible. As Old Testament scholar Richard
Hess correctly points out , none of the examples from the Ancient Near East have
an exact parallel with the way the genealogies of (Genesis 1-11) were written. (See:
Biblical, T 70 pp 241-254). "Specifically, the genealogies of Genesis 5 and 11 are
unique in that they are expressed in what Gerhald Hasel has described as a"
CHRONOGENEALOGICAL FORMULA. "That is, Person X lived so many years
and fathered Person Y; after he fathered Y , lived so many more years; in total he
lived N years. (See Origins, T7. 1980, # 1, pp 23-37; T7. 1980, # 2, pp 53-70.) As TC
Hartman observes, the number of years who lived and age where he was born the
next character, 'never recorded in the list of the kings of the ancient Near East. This
contrasts with the biblical genealogies for whom the sole purpose of using the
numbers seems to be to registr ar the longevity of each character and the age at
which the next character was born '(Some reflections on the list of the Sumerian
kings. Magazine of Biblical Literature, T 91 pp 25-32). Not only is this formula
peculiar to the Bible, but that it is so rigorously constructed that it is impossible It
is possible to break it with the insertion of a generation gap. "This rigor is
reinforced by the Hebrew verb used in these passages to" beget "(WAYYOLED-
ET); this is the most commonly used verb in the Bible to express the royal
fatherhood of a descendant (Jc 11: 1; 1 Chron 8: 9; 14: 3; 2 Chron 11:21; 13:21; 24: 3)
When it appears combined with the singular genealogical formula, it is virtually
impossible to insert generational gaps in these specific genealogies The
combination of the peculiar formula Reference to time with this verb form suggests
that the author of (Genesis 1-11) was interested in both time and the accuracy of his
chronology. " (Ibid, p 36). Analyzing all this masterful comment by Randall
Younquer, we can conclude that God, when he inspired the thought of Moses, in
the writing of these chronologies, had the whole purpose of making them come to
us so that we could calculate them. Through the precision of this
chronogeneological formula, God pursued the purpose that we should not have
potholes, gaps or gaps in the biblical and historical chronology that his people
needed to calculate. For this reason, Guillermo Miller, recognizing the inspired
authority of the Bible, as established by Paul and Peter in (2 Tim 3:16 and 2 Pet
1:21), did not avoid meddling in what most consider one of the most important
aspects. unsuccessful Scripture. In this case the subject of Biblical
chronologies. George Knight tells us about this matter, quoting what Miller himself
wrote: "I cannot but consider that the chronological portion of the Bible is a portion
of the Word of God, and has as much right to our consideration as any other
porc ion Scripture [...] Since God does not give us a useless revelation, consider
that this would lead us to the time we could look with confidence the coming of
Christ. " (GR Knight. "Unless We Forget." APIA 2014, January 8, p 16). Ellen Whitt ,
commenting on the same thing, told us: "Therefore, finding in her study of the
Bible various chronological periods, which, according to her way of
understanding, extended until the second coming of Christ, she could not help but
than to consider them as the 'appointed times,' which God had revealed to his
servants. 'The secret things, "says Moses," belong to Jehovah our God; but the
revealed things belong to us and our children forever, "and the Lord declares by
the prophet Amos who ' will do nothing without revealing his secret to his
servants the prophets.' (Deuteronomy 29:29; Amos 3: 7) (VM) So those who study
the Word of God can trust that they will find clearly indicated in Scripture the
most stupendous event that must take place in the history of mankind. " (Great
Controversy, p 371). As documented by Des Vignolles, in 1738, that he knew at
least 200 biblical chronologies, based on internal evidence from the Bible. All this
only proves one thing and that is that those who have built them have been
completely sure that the exact time can be calculated, from the very creation, only
through Biblical chronogenealogies. To date, no chronologist has successfully
completed the chronological table. All these chronological calculations present
certain gaps that have not allowed the time to be defined, with total accuracy, from
the creation of Adam to the birth of Christ. Ellen G. White wrote several quotations
where she refers to 4,000 years from Adam to Christ. She also wrote about 6000
years of sin, from the fall of Adam to the final consummation at the Second
Coming of Christ. Many are those who say that she is not referring to a literal
period of years in these millennial figures. Some dare to say that she was only
using the language of the common belief that existed in her day regarding this
subject. Others have said that it was influenced by the footnote to the page of the
English King James Version Bible, which said that Adam had been created by God
on October 23, 4004
BC, at 9.00 in the morning. Although the day and month seem very arbitrary, to
most of the Christian world, we Seventh-day Adventists know full well that this
view is not entirely far-fetched. We know that according to the prophecy of
chapters 8 and 9 of Daniel, which tells us of the 2300 afternoons and mornings and
the 70 weeks, that Christ was born in the year 4 BC We, to calculate the beginning
of the prophecy of the 70 weeks and 2300 years we take the decree of Artaxerxes,
as a starting point, which was promulgated in the autumn of 457 BC. Therefore, if
we take the autumn of 457 BC as the initial date of this prophecy , it would take us
from autumn to autumn. , with complete accuracy, up to the baptism of Christ, the
stoning of Stephen and finally to the end date of the Day of Atonement, celebrated
on October 22, 1844 AD This long prophecy of time only announces an event that
did not fall in Autumn, but spring, and it is the one that marks the death of Christ
in the middle of the last week of years. In the spring of AD 31, three and a half
years after Christ was baptized in the fall of AD 27, he died as a paschal lamb, in
fulfillment of the feast of the
Easter on the 14th of Nisan. For all these very exact calculations that we have,
based on Daniel 8 and 9, it is that we can assure that the comment at the foot of the
page of the King James Version is not crazy. We have pointed out in the pages of
the Adventist Biblical Commentary as the most probable date of Christ's birth on
October 19, 4 BC. Therefore we can assure that both Ussher and Li ghtfood were
not wrong in their calculations and comments. Therefore we cannot be absolute in
saying that Ellen White was talking about 4,000 and 6,000 approximate and non-
literal years. To understand correctly what she meant we should
make an contextual ALYSIS of his writings. If we are totally sincere, we must
recognize that she was referring to 4000 and 6000 literal and not approximate
years. The context of what she wrote leaves the literalness of her words well
established in terms of the figures of these periods of years. Let's discuss two of
these quotes below: "For six thousand years, Satan's work of rebellion 'made the
earth shake.' He 'turned the world into a desert, and destroyed its cities; and his
prisoners he never released, to return home.' For six thousand years, his prison
[tomb] has received the people of God, and would have held him captive forever,
if Christ had not broken their chains and released those who were imprisoned.
" (The Conflict of the S igles, pp 717, 718). All Adventists believe in the divine
inspiration of Ellen White's writings. So, based on the previous quote, we can draw
the following conclusion: That quote refers to a literal time of 6000 years of sin ,
since the context of the events of the vision that she describes refers to the
millennium period that is a future event that will only begin when Christ returns
to Earth the second time. So she was brought by God, in vision, to the time
when Satan and his demons will be bound by a chain of consequences on this
Earth. And positioned by God, in vision, from that future context of the
millennium it describes us, looking back, the condition of the planet after 6000
years of sin, rebellion and death. But the truth in all this is that she presents as a
past fact that they were 6000 years of sin. She uses verb tense in the past, located in
a future context that has not yet been fulfilled and assures that, for six millennia ,
God's evil adversary igno "made the earth tremble." In addition to this moment she
is taken by God in vision to a time that is more in the future. This context will
unfold on this Earth and before the heavenly universe, during the final
consummation of sin and sinners, when the cosmic conflict between Satan and
Christ after the millennium ends. She describes these events of the future in the
following language: "Satan's work has ended forever. For 6000 years he worked as
he pleased, filling the Earth with pain and causing sorrows throughout the
universe. All creation groaned and suffered in anguish. Now God's creatures have
been delivered forever from his presence and his temptations. " (Great
Controversy, pp 731, 732). All these quotes from Ellen G. White leave no doubt as
to the literality of the 6000 years of sin, since it is not her opinion that is prevailing
in them. In those quotes it is made very clear that she is only describing what God
showed her in vision, positioned from two different moments in the future. In the
following chapters we will demonstrate the biblical-historical literalness of what
was previously exposed in this chapter. 

 
 CHAPTER 8 THE BIBLE AND THE 4000 YEARS

"But when the fulfillment of the time came, God sent his Son, born of a woman and
born under the law, to redeem those who were under the law, so that we would
receive the adoption of children." (Galatians 4: 4) From this moment we will verify
that from the creation of Adam until Christ a literal period of 4000
years passed . To demonstrate this fact, we will rely on the chronogenealaogies of
Genesis 5 and 11, added to the succession of the kings of Judah, from Solomon to
Zedekiah with the destruction of Jerusalem in 586 BC. Previously, we mentioned
that Des Vignolles said that he knew over 200 chronologies of the Bible to prove
this fact. Despite this, a consensus has not been reached. The most popular and
accepted of all these chronog enealogies is that established by the Irish Archbishop
James Ussher in the 17th century. The author of this book was baptized in 1996,
and from the first months of being baptized he heard about this matter and became
interested in its study. Thus for 17 years he engaged in an intermittent study of this
chronological-genealogical subject, with the full conviction that he could find the
biblical-chronological accuracy of the 4000 years from the creation of Adam to the
birth of Christ. He was convinced that through the internal evidence presented in
the chronogenealogies of the Bible, the picture of this period of history could be
closed with complete accuracy. Only after 17 years had passed, starting in 1996, he
was able to complete this calculation. Therefore, from this moment, this calculation
will be shared with you dear reader. To start this calculation, it will be necessary to
start from a date that has been proven and known worldwide since it has been
widely cited by a high number or historical sources. This is the date of the
destruction of Jerusalem, at the time of the Neo-Babylonian empire of
Nebuchadnezzar II. One of the most recognized sources is the famous
Encyclopedia Judaica Jerusalem. In volume 6, page 1038 and in volume 15, page
946 of it it is explained that the surrender of Jerusalem to the Chaldean army
occurred on March 16 of the year 597 BC It also says that it was in the year 586
BC, when Nebuzaradan, Babylonian general of Nebuchadnezzar, was in charge of
destroying the city and the Temple. Following the chronogenealogy that the Bible
presents us, in the succession of the kings of Judah, from the destruction of
Jerusalem, in the time of Zedekiah, from 586 BC, until the reign of Solomon, we can
establish the exact years in which This son of David reigned. Solomon is the king
that really matters to us for our chronological calculation, since there is a Bible
verse that will be key to knowing the accuracy of the 4000 years past, from creation
to the birth of Jesus and this is within the context of the reign of Solomon. The task
of locating the exact years of Solomon's reign will be key to complete and round off
the calculation of these 4,000 years from Adam to Christ. Let's see the calculation
below: 1. SEDEQU IAS: 11 Years (2 Kings 24:18). (597 to 586 BC). 2. JOAQUIM: 3
Months (2 Kings 24: 8). (597 BC). 3. JOACIM: 11 Years (2 Kings 23:36). (608 to 597
BC). 4. JOACAZ: 3 Months (2 Kings 23:31). (608 BC). 5. JOSIAS: 31 Years (2 Kings
22: 1). (639 to 608 BC). 6. AMON : 2
Years (2 Kings 22:19). (641 to 639 BC). 7. MANASES: 55 Years (2 Kings 21: 1). (696
to 641 BC). 8. EZEQUIAS: 29 Years (2 Kings 18: 2). (725 to 696 BC). 9. ACAZ: 16
Years (2 Kings 16: 2). (741 to 725 BC). 10. JOTAM: 16 Years (2 Kings 15:33). (757 to
741 BC) . 11. UZIAS: 52
Years (2 Kings 15: 2). (809 to 757 BC). 12. AMASIAS: 29 Years (2 Kings 14: 2). (838
to 809 BC). 13. JOAS: 40 Years (2 Kings 12: 1). (878 to 838 BC). 14. ATALIA: 6 Years
(2 Kings 11: 3). (884 to 878 BC). 15. OCOZIAS: 1 Year (2 Kings 8:26). (885 to 884
BC). 16. JORAM: 8 Years (2 Kings 8:17). (893 to 885 BC). 17. JOSAFAT: 25 Years (1
Kings 22:42). (918 to 893 BC). 18. ASA: 41 Years (1 Kings 15:10). (959 to 918 BC). 19.
ABIAM: 3 Years (1 Kings 15: 2). (962 to 959 BC). 20. ROBOAM: 17 Years (1 Kings
14:21 ). (979 to 962 BC). 21. SOLOMON: 40 Years (1 Kings 11:42). (1019 to 979 BC). I
need to clarify an important detail, before continuing our calculations, because we
could get confused when analyzing the previous dates. This clarification is in
reference to the exact year in which Solomon began to govern. The first year of his
reign was actually in 1020 BC, and not in 1019 BC, as listed above in this
paragraph. This happens because when we add up the total number of years in
which all these kings of Judah reigned, from Solomon to Zedekiah, it gives us the
result of 433 and a half years. In calculating the above list, I limited myself to not
running in years the six months added to the reign of Joaquín and Joacaz (2 Kings
24: 8; 23:31), because we cannot calculate by the internal evidence of the Bible the
exact month when all these kings began and ended their reigns. But the sum of the
reign of the two of them would give us half a year. And adding this to the 433
years in which the other king reigned is would give us the exact total number of
years, in the calculation of the year in which Solomon began to reign from the date
of the destruction of Jerusalem in 586 BC. Therefore, if to the year 586 BC, we add
433 and a half years (or six more months), it would undoubtedly take us to the
year 1020 BC, which would be the year that Solomon really began to reign before
the destruction of Jerusalem, at the time of the king Zedekiah. You will wonder
with some reason why we stop at King Solomon and not continue with David ,
Saul, etc. For the simple reason that for our interest it is not necessary to calculate
beyond the reign of Solomon, because the Bible contains a key verse that
chronologically links the dates of Solomon's reign with that of the Exodus, in the
time of Moses. Therefore, our chronological calculation can be overlooked by
taking a leap of almost 500 years with the help of this very precise key verse. This
important verse reads as follows: "In the year four hundred and eighty after the
children of Israel left Egypt, the fourth year from the beginning of Solomon's reign
over Israel, in the month of Zif, which is the second month, he began to build the
house of Jehovah. (1 Kings 6: 1) ". If we take into account here that Solomon began
to reign in the year 1020 a. C., the fourth year of his reign as this verse says would
be 1016 BC According to this verse, the fourth year of Solomon's reign was the year
480 since the nation of Israel left Egypt under the Almighty hand of Jehovah. So
if we add 480 years from 1016 BC, it would take us to the date of the year 1496 BC.
On this date the exodus of Israel from Egypt happened. Therefore, in this way we
can calculate, through the internal evidence of the Bible, in an easy and simple
way, the controversial date of the Exodus. If we Christians believe that, "All
Scripture is inspired by God", as Paul says in (2 Tim 3:16), and as confirmed by the
apostle Peter when saying that "the holy men of God spoke inspired by the Spirit
Saint to ", then we will never doubt the authenticity and accuracy of the biblical
chronologies. Therefore we should not doubt the fidelity of this biblical passage
and much more when the writer of this passage lived only five centuries after the
event of the exodus of Isra from Egypt. Why then do we devote ourselves to
believing other possible dates for Israel's exodus from the land of Egypt, based
only on the speculation of secular historians, guided by archeology, when we
have such precise data in the inspired Scripture? From this moment on we will
verify the literality of the figure of 4000 years, from the creation of Adam to the
birth of Christ. For this we will use the chronogenealogies of Genesis 5 and 11. For
none of us it is a secret or omission the fact of knowing the year of the birth of
Christ, according to the error of the calculation of the Gregorian calendar. Based on
the interpretation of the prophecy of the 70 weeks of Daniel 9, we know that Christ
was born in the year 4 BC. Therefore, if we calculate s 4000 years ago, until the
creation of Adam, it would place us in the year 4004 BC. Date will be our starting
point to begin our calculation of time following the chronogeneological formula of
Genesis 5 and 11. 1. ADAN: (930 Years): 4004 to 3074 BC, (Gen 5: 3 to 5). He had Set
at 130 Years. 2. SET: (912 Years): 3874 to 2962 BC, (Gen 5: 6 to 8). He had Enos at
105 years old. 3. ENSO: (905 Years):
3769 to 2864 BC, (Gen 5: 9-11). He had Cainan at 90 years old. 4. CAINAN: (910
Years):
3679 to 276 9 BC, (Gen 5:12 to 14). He had Mahalaleel at age 70. 5. MAHALALEEL:
(895 Years): 3609 to 2714 BC, (Gen 5:15 to 17). He had Jared at 65. 6. JARED: (962
Years): 3544 to 2582 BC, (Gen 5:18 to 20). He had Enoch at 162 years old. 7. ENOC:
(365 Years): 3382 to 3017 BC, (Gen 5:21 to 24). He had Methuselah at age 65. 8.
MATUSALEN: (969 Years): 3317 to 2348 BC, (Gen 5:25 to 27). He had Lamec at 187
years old. 9. LAMEC: (777 years): 3130 to 2353 BC, (Gen 5:28 to 31). He had Noah
at 182 years old. 10. NOE: (95 0 Years): 2948 to 1998 BC, (Gen 5:32; 9:28). From this
moment on we will stop this chronogeneological calculation in order to clarify an
apparent biblical contradiction. If we ignore that small detail, we would be
dragged into a two-year error in our chrono-genealogical computation. This we
must emphasize, because the book of Genesis tells us the following: "And Noah
being five hundred years old, he begot Shem, Cam, and Japheth." (Gen 5:32). But
when we go to the Flood timeline we can find that it happened when Noah was
600 years old. Let's see what the Bible tells us about this: "In the six hundredth year
of Noah's life, in the second month, on the seventeenth day of the month, on that
day all the fountains of the great deep were broken, and the falls of heaven were
open. " (Gen 7:11). If we take these two verses only, for our chronological
calculation, they would lead us to the following logical conclusion: If Noah was
500 years old when he fathered his three children, and the flood happened when
he was 600 years old, then his children were born in the same year and they were
100 years old when God sent the flood of water on Earth. As a woman conceives
and gives birth in 9 months, then so that the three of them could be born within the
same year they could only have done it in a triplet delivery or one of twins at the
beginning of the year and another single, 9 months later, or vice versa. But we
know that this did not happen this way. We know that if Noah's children had
been in twin or triplet delivery the Bible would have said so. The three of them
were certainly not born when Noah was 500 years old. If this were true it would be
a contradiction of Moses himself, with what he wrote six chapters later, that is, in
(Genesis 11:10 ). For this reason we must demonstrate then that this passage is an
apparent contradiction of what it says (Genesis 5:32). In (Genesis 11:10), Moses
writes the following: "These are the generations of Shem: Shem, a hundred years
old, fathered Arfaxad, two years after the flood" (Emphasis is mine). So if what you
tell us (Genesis 5:32) is true, and Noah had Shem when he was 500 years old, and
the flood happened when he was 600 years old, then Shem should be 100 years
old when it happened. the flood. So how is it possible for Moses to say, six
chapters later, that Shem was 100 years old, two years after the Flood? We know
that in the Bible there are no contradictions, but rather misinterpretations. So we
must find the solution to this apparent contradiction between what the same
author said with only six chapters apart. Yes (Genesis 11:10), it tells us that Shem
was 100 years old when he fathered his son Arfaxad, and that this happened two
years after the Flood. So when the Flood happened he was 98 years old. This
makes us understand that Noah was 502 years old when Shem was born, so that he
could be 100 years old two years after the Flood. Now you may wonder: how do
we balance this passage with the text in (Genesis 5:32), which says that Noah was
500 years old when he fathered his three sons? This is easy to answer. What this
passage is saying is not that his three children were born in the same year, but that
it is a way of saying that Noah was 500 years old when he began having his three
children. The only logical thought leads us to the conclusion that it is impossible
for someone to have three children in twelve months, when a woman conceives
at nine months, if they are not the work of a triplet delivery, or a twin birth plus
another simple. If this were the fact, the Bible would have noted it as in the case of
the twin birth of Jacob and Esau. Also the biblical passage from (Genesis 11:10)
negates the triplet pair . Because if Noah started begetting them in the 500th year of
his life and the Flood happened 100 years later, how can it be possible that Shem
was 100 years old two years after the Flood? According to Genesis 5, he should be
100 years old during the universal flood of waters and not 98. Without a doubt we
can assure that Shem was born when his father was 502 years old. Only then could
he be 100 years old when his son Arfaxad was born, two years after the Flood. This
matter must be made very clear and defined for us here, as we need to understand
it because this same pattern in biblical terminology will be repeated in the story of
the birth of Abraham and his two brothers, Haran and Nacor. If we follow the
timeline placing the birth of Shem in the 500th year of Noah's life and not in the
year 502, as it really was, we would be two years behind in our calculation of the
Genesis chronogenealogies. This miscalculation would prevent us from accurately
closing the 4,000 year period elapsed from the creation of Adam to the birth of
Jesus. But in the history of Abraham this would be much worse, since here a
miscalculation would lead us to lose 60 years within the 4000 year period. If we
add to this a bad calculation in the Shem genealogy , it would make us carry a 62-
year error that would prevent us from closing our chronological-exact calculation
referring to the literal period of 4000 years. But let's wait, for the moment, a little
more, to clarify the matter regarding the case of Abraham. Now we will continue
with the descendant line of Shem, until we reach the birth of the father of faith. 1.
SEM: (600 Years): 2446 to 1846 BC (Gen 5:32; 11:10). 2. ARFAXAD: (438 Years): 2346
to 1908 BC (Gen 11: 12,13). 3. ROOM: (433 Years): 2311 to 1878 BC (Gen 11:
14,15). 4. HEBER: (464 Years): 2281 to 1817 BC (Gen 11: 16,17). 5. PELEG: (239
Years): 2247 to 2008 BC (Gen 11: 18,19). 6. REU: (239 years): 2217 to 1978 BC (Gen
11: 20,21). 7. SERUG: (230 Years): 2185 to 1955 BC (Gen 11: 22,23). 8. NACOR: (1 48
Years): 2155 to 2007 BC (Gen 11: 24,25). 9. TARE: (205 Years): 2126 to 1921 BC (Gen
11:26 to 32). ABRAHAM: Here we come to Abraham and as we had previously
said the same problem occurs again in the text of (Genesis 5:32). There Moses uses
the same scripture formula that he had used in reference to the birth of Noah's
three sons. When he speaks of the birth of the three sons of Terah, he does so
almost as a carbon copy of the text of (Genesis 5:32). Let's make a comparison
of both passages to see the similarity of them: "And being Noah of five hundred
years, he begot Shem, Cam and Japheth." (Gen 5:32). "Terah lived seventy years,
and begot Abram, Nahor, and Haran." (Gen 11:26). Here, in this formula, the same
pattern that we previously analyzed in the text of the sons of Noah, found in
(Genesis 5:32), is seen. Therefore here we can also reach the same conclusion with
the case of Shem, Cam and Japheth, in the cases of the birth of Abram, Nacor and
Haran. In this case we can say, with total certainty, that it is impossible for Taré to
have her three children in the same year, when she was 70 years old, if they had
not been the result of a delivery of triplets or one of twins and another
simple. Therefore this Biblical text, when presenting the same model or pattern of
(Genesis 5:32), means the same as this. That is to say that Taré began to have his
three children, when he was 70 years old, and not that these three were born to
him when he was that age. Abram in this story was not the older brother, but was
the spiritual firstborn of Terah in the genealogical line of God. Abram really was
born when his father Taré was 130 years old and not 70. From this moment on, you
will wonder where I got this information from. A simple calculation, analyzing the
internal evidence of the Bible will give us a clear answer on this matter. The
Biblical proof that Abram was born when his father was 130 years old is given to
us by Stephen in the book of Acts of the Apostles . Let's see what this deacon
narrates under the inspiration of God and full of the Holy Spirit. And he said,
"Men, brothers and fathers, hear: The God of glory appeared to our father
Abraham, while he was in Mesopotamia, before he dwelt in Haran, and said to
him: Get out of your land and from your relatives, and come to the a land that I
will show you. Then he left the land of the Chaldeans and lived in Haran; and from
there, his father dead, God transferred him to this land, in which you now live.
And he gave him no inheritance in it , not even to settle a foot, but he promised
that he would give it to him in possession, and to his descendants after him, when
he still had no son. And God said to him thus: That his descendants would be
foreigners in another's land, and that they would They will slavery and mistreat
them for four hundred years. But I will judge, God said, the nation of which they
will be servants; and after this they will go forth and serve me in this place. " (Acts
7: 2 to 7). Here Stephen says that God appeared to Abraham while in
Mesopotamia, that is to say in Ur of the Chaldeans, before he lived in Haran. And
there he said to him, "Come out of your land and your relatives, and come to the
land that I will show you," and Abraham obeyed the voice of God and left the land
of the Chaldeans. But he stayed in Haran to live for a period of time, until his
father Terah died. From there God calls him a second time to leave his land and his
relatives. In other words, Abraham receives two divine calls. The first being in the
land of Mesopotamia, in this case in Ur of the Chaldeans; and the second being in
Haran, after the death of his father Terah. From there he left for the land of
Canaan, obeying God's command. But as Moses tells us, in the book of Genesis,
Terah died in Haran when he was 205 years old. Let's see what the Bible tells us
about it: "And the days of Terah were two hundred and five years; and Terah died
in Haran." (Gen 11:32). According to Stephen, after Terah died, Abraham left
Haran. But the Bible tells us that Abraham was 75 years old when this event
happened and narrates it this way: "But Jehovah had said to Abram: Go away from
your land and your relatives, and from your father's house, to the land that And I
will make you a great nation, and I will bless you, and I will magnify your name ,
and you will be a blessing. I will bless those who bless you, and I will curse those
who curse you, and all the families of the earth will be blessed in you. And Abram
went, as Jehovah told him, and Lot went with him. And Abram was seventy-five
years old when he left Haran. So Abram took Sarai his wife, and Lot his brother's
son, and all their goods that they had gained and the people that they had acquired
in Haran, and they went out to go to the land of Canaan; and to the land of Canaan
they arrived. " Therefore it is impossible that Abraham was born when Terah his
father was 70 years old, as he narrates (Genesis 11:26), if he was 75 years old when
God calls him after his father died at 205 years old in Haran. To get the calculation
right and to clarify the matter we must compare the biblical passages from (Acts 7:
3 and 4, with Gen 11:32 and 12: 4). Stephen tells us that Abraham left Haran when
his father Terah died. This, according to Moses, was 205 years old when he died,
and Abraham was 75 years old when he left Haran. Therefore, for Abraham to be
75 years old when his father died, a simple mathematical subtraction calculation of
205 minus 75 would give us 130 years. So we know that this was the age that Terah
was when her son Abraham was born. That is, Abraham was born when his father
was 130 years old and not 70. Therefore, the text of (Genesis 11:26) means that
Terah was 70 years old when he began to have his children, and not that the three
were born when he was that age. Because if this were true, Abraham would be
135 years old when his father died, and not 75 as he says (Genesis 12: 4). This is
impossible, because he still had neither his servant Hagar, being in Haran, nor his
son Ishmael, who was born to him when he was 86 years old; much less Isaac, who
was born 14 years later when Abraham was 100 years old. Therefore, when we
analyze the chronological genealogical list of Genesis 11, taking as a starting point
the year 4004 BC, Terah would have to be born in the year 2126 BC. So if Abraham
was born when his father was 130

years old and not when he was 70, as he says (Genesis 11:26), then this would take
us to the year 1996 BC, as the date of birth of Abraham since the creation of Adam
and Eve. This can be proved in the passages from (Genesis 11:31 to 12: 4). There the
Bible says that Abraham was called by God while in Haran, when his father died
at the age of 205 years. And this happened at the time when Abraham was 75 years
old. Therefore, for Abraham to be 75 years old when his father Terah was 205 years
old at the time of his death, Abraham had to have been born when his father was
130 years old and not 70 as he says (Genesis 11:26). And if it were true that
Abraham was born when his father was 70 years old, then he would be 135 years
old at the time of his death . This is impossible because Abraham had no children
while still in the land of Haran, and his sons Ishmael and Isacc had been born to
him when he was 86 and 100 years old, and this was already in the land of Canaan
and not in Haran. So since the Bible has no contradictions, but apparent
contradictions, we must resolve this matter by understanding that in this biblical
passage the same thing that had happened in that of (Genesis 5:32), regarding the
birth of the three sons of Noah, happens. So we must understand that the birth of
Abraham happened then when his father was 130 years old and not 70. In this way
we managed to recover 60 years that would be lost in our chrono-genealogical
calculation of the 4000 years after the creation of Adam until the virgin birth of
Christ. Now, after having verified this fact, we can continue with our calculation in
the Biblical chronogenealogies, to see if we can establish the literality of the 4000
years, elapsed from the creation of Adam, in the year 4004 BC, until the birth of
Jesus, in the year 4 BC Now we will continue with Abraham in our chronological
calculation: 1. ABRAHAM: (175 Years): 1996 to 1821 BC (Gen 25: 7). He had his son
Isacc at 100 years old (Gen 21: 5). 2. ISACC: (180 Years): 1896 to 1716 BC (Gen
35:28). So far we will stop at the continuing sequence of Adam's descendants with
Isacc. Because from Jacob we cannot get the exact chrono-genealogical calculation
of the descendants of Adam until Christ by this way, since the Bible does not offer
us the exact dates of birth of Judah and his descendants until Christ, who belonged
to the tribe of Judah. But to continue this calculation we will rely on a key text that
we mentioned earlier, which will greatly help us to solve our problem. That text
becomes a bridge that links the time of Solomon's reign with the time of the
Exodus of Israel from the land of Egypt. This biblical passage places us on two
exact dates in the history of the nation of Israel and at the same time expresses the
exact number of years that elapsed from one date to the other. These dates are the
fourth year of Solomon's reign and the date of the Exodus of Israel from the land
of Egypt. We can find that biblical text in the first book of the kings of Israel and
Judah in chapter 6, verse 1, and it says thus: "In the year four hundred and eighty
after the children of Israel left Egypt, the fourth year from the beginning of the
R Eino Solomon over Israel, in the month of Ziv which is the second month, he
began to build the house of the Lord "(1 Kings 6: 1). As previously we calculate the
years of reign of the kings of Judah, from the date of the destruction of Jerusalem,
in the period of Zedekiah, until the reign of Solomon; We conclude that Solomon
began his kingdom in 1020 BC We did this by taking the year of the destruction of
Jerusalem as the reference date. This year is very well proven in history and
everyone fully agrees that it was 586 BC. Thus, from this date, following the
historical calculation in the line of the kings of Judah, we arrived at the reign of
Solomon that would be forty years from 1020 BC, until 980 BC If we take as a
reference the data provided by the writer of (1 King 6: 1), then we know that a time
of 480 years passed, from the fourth year of Solomon's reign, which It would be the
year 1016 BC, until the Exodus of Israel from Egypt. This calculation would take
us to the year 1496 BC, as the date of the departure of the Hebrew nation from the
land of Egypt. Thus, very easily, we locate the controversial date of the Exodus. We
have only achieved this through internal evidence from the Bible and from a
precise datum of history, such as the date of the destruction of Jerusalem. From
now on we will analyze a second key text which will link us and help to close the
complete picture of our calculation of the 4000 years, elapsed from the creation of
Adam to the birth of Jesus. This Biblical passage is the following, and it says thus:
"Then Jehovah said to Abram: Be assured that your descendants will dwell in
another's land, and will be a slave there, and will be oppressed four hundred
years." (Gen 15:13). For many years the people of God, when reading His Word,
have been confused when trying to interpret the meaning of the years mentioned
in these words. Many who make a superficial analysis of this text come to the
wrong conclusion. They think that this was the time elapsed from the arrival of
Jacob with his family to the Egyptian land, until the liberation of the Israelite
nation during the events of the Exodus. But this is a wrong opinion. If we calculate
that Isaac was born in the year 189 6 BC, and had Jacob as his son, in the year 1836
BC, when he was 60 years old, according to the passage of (Gen 25:26); therefore
the year in which Jacob arrived in the land of Egypt was 1706 BC. We can know
this since he told the Pharaoh that he was 130 years old when he arrived in the
land of the Nile (Gen 47: 8, 9 ). So we can say that if the Exodus happened in 1496
BC, when we calculate the difference in years between this date and that of the
arrival of Jacob and his sons in the land of Egypt, to meet Joseph in 1706 BC, gives
us just 210 years. This was the time when the descendants of Jacob lived in the
Egyptian land and not 400 years as many suppose. And really the period
of unbearable oppression for the people of Israel was the last 80 years of their stay
in Goshen, from the birth of Moses. That was the age of Moses when they left
Egypt. According to the Bible, he spent 40 years in Egypt, 40 in Midian, and then
40 years in the desert (Exo 7: 7; Acts 7:23, 30, 36). The 400 years really begin to run
from the days of Abraham, who God pointed out the promise announced in (Gen
15:13 to 16). In this Biblical passage there are two key phrases that we must finalize
in order to understand the number of 400 years, from the beginning to the end, so
as not to allow for the error that many make when interpreting this figure. These
phrases are the following: "YOUR DESCENDENCE" AND "LAND OF
AJENA". But for this we must understand that God is giving Abraham here a
personal promise. He is saying to his servant, "... Be assured that your offspring
will dwell in another's land, and will be a slave there, and will be oppressed for
four hundred years." (Gen 15:13). Therefore, the 400 years must begin to be
counted from the descendants of Abraham. In this case from the birth of Isaac,
because this was the son of the promise and not Ishmael who was the son who
symbolized slavery and the flesh. The Bible makes it well established that the true
descendants of Abraham were Isaac in the following way: "Then God said to
Abraham: Do not find it serious because of the boy and your servant; in everything
that Sarah says to you, hear his voice, for in Isaac you will be called offspring.
"(Gen 21:12 ). "By faith Abraham, when he was tested, offered Isaac; and he who
had received the promises offered his only begotten son, having been said to him,
'In Isaac shall you be called seed'" (Heb 11:18). Therefore, if we have the year 1896
BC, as the date of Isaac's birth, when Abraham was 100 years old, then the 400
years, from the birth of this son of promise, would lead us to the year 1496 BC.
exciting and impressive as these calculations perfectly close the period of 4000
years between creation and the birth of Christ. This also shows us that the date we
calculated for the Exodus in our two previous chronogeneological counts is
completely correct. The two key texts used two in our calculation, in this case (1
King 6: 1 and Gen 15:13), lead us to the indisputable historical date of the year 1496
BC, as the date of the Exodus. Our ascending count, from the destruction of
Jerusalem in 586 BC, coincides in date, with complete accuracy, with our
calculation in descending order, from the creation of Adam to the birth of Isaac,
added to that 400 years of the promise made to Abraham. Therefore there is no
coincidence in the fact shown in our descending and ascending calculations that
the year 1496 BC is the historical date of the Exodus from Israel. And also with this
proof we can safely conclude that the 4000 years, from Adam to Christ, represent a
literal number of years. We can come to this conclusion by following the internal
evidence from the Bible, presented in the chronogenealogies of (Genesis 5 and 11),
and in that of the succession of the kings of Judah. We take all this evidence from
the inspired Word of God that He brought to us through His prophets. God
captured, in His Word, through revelation and inspiration, these key chronological
texts, so that we could accurately calculate these dates from creation. Otherwise
they would not be placed in the Bible. But before we continue on our way, we
must clarify the second phrase that interests us in the passage of (Gen 15:13),
which tells us that the "descendants" of Abraham would dwell "in a foreign
land." There in that text we are being told that although Abraham was called by
God to go to the promised land, it would not be the property of his descendants
until 400 years after the birth of Isaac. This does not leave them well established by
the apostle Paul, when he said the following: "By faith he lived as a foreigner in the
promised land as in another's land, dwelling in tents with Isaac and Jacob, joint
heirs of the same promise" (Heb 11: 9). Here in this biblical passage, the apostle is
telling us that both Abraham and his successors, I saac and Jacob, would live as
foreigners in the promised land as if it were a foreign land. It is to that very fact
that the passage in (Genesis 15:13) refers. These two passages agree in the teaching
of the martyr Stephen in his speech, before he died , which was recorded by Luke,
in the book of Acts of the Apostles, as follows: "And he did not give him an
inheritance, not even to set a foot, but he promised that he would give it to him in
possession, and to his descendants after him, when he still had no son. And God
said to him thus: That his descendants would be foreigners in another's land, and
that they would be reduced to servitude and they would mistreat them, for four
hundred years. " (Act 7: 5,6). But now some will wonder what happens to the
figure of 430 years mentioned in the books of Exodus and Galatians? These
passages read thus: "The time that the children of Israel dwelt in Egypt was four
hundred and thirty years. And after four hundred and thirty years, on the same
day all the hosts of Jehovah left the land of Egypt." (Exo 12:40, 41). "This, then, I
say: The covenant previously ratified by God towards Christ, the law that came
four hundred and thirty years later, does not abrogate it, to invalidate the promise"
(Gal 3:17). The answer is obvious: The Bible has no contradictions, because it was
the same Spirit that inspired every biblical writer, for 41 long centuries. And this
should be much clearer for the Adventist Christian public reading this book to
understand. Therefore we must balance these passages that speak of the 430 years
with those that mention 400 years. The funny thing in all this is that there are two
and two. But at the same time even more interesting is the fact that Moses himself
mentions the number in both forms. First, in (Genesis 15:13), he speaks of 400
years; and then, in (Exodus 12:40, 41), he tells us about the figure of 430 years. But
both times Moses is referring to the same events 30 years apart in time. The same
thing happens to Esteban and Pablo. Both speak of the same event, but with 30
years of difference in the mentioned number. Therefore, it is impossible that
Moses, who wrote Genesis and Exodus, contradicted himself, as to the number, by
that margin of 30 years. That is why we must resolve this apparent biblical
contradiction with an unprejudiced mind and with a spirit of humble
investigation. Without a doubt, we must understand that both Moses, Stephen, and
Paul are referring to the same event in their writings. But in two of the passages a
numerical difference of 30 years appears. Therefore the only way to understand
this apparent contradiction is to understand that these two different figures of
years are mentioned, because the count of one with respect to the other begins 30
years earlier. That is to say that both in (Gen 15:13) and in (Acts 7: 5,6), this
counting of 400 years begins, from the date of Isaac's birth, when Abraham was 100
years old ( Gen 21: 5). But both (Exo 12:40, 41), and (Gal 3:17), begin their count 30
years before the birth of Isaac, when Abraham was 70 years old. To understand
where these 70 years of Abraham are derived from, we must apply all logic to the
interpretation of this apparent contradiction, in the number of years that
are mentioned in the four biblical passages. Everything seems to indicate that
Abraham was 70 years old when God made the first call to him, being in
Mesopotamia, (say Ur of the Chaldeans). Why do we say this? For the simple and
only reason that the Bible says that Abraham was called by God from the land of
Mesopotamia and left for the land of promise, but did not reach it directly, but
made a stopover time on earth from Haran, until his father Terah dies at the age of
205 years (Acts 7: 2 to 4). Then God makes a second call to Abraham, and it is the
one mentioned in (Genesis 12: 1 to 4). But this happened at the age of 75 years. But
since the Bible does not tell us directly or specifically the years in which Abraham
lived with his father and relatives in the land of Haran, since God made his first
call while in Mesopotamia, we can reason quite logically that he was a 5 year
period. Why do we say this? For the simple reason that when God made the
second call to Abraham to go to the promised land, he was 75 years old. And from
that date until the birth of his son Isaac, when he was 100 years old, there is a
difference of 25 years, which adding the 5 years of his stay in Haran would
completely clarify the confusion that exists in the figure of 30 years. Therefore and
others: The 430 years must begin to count from the time that God made the first
call to Abraham, when he was still living in the city of Ur of the Chaldeans, in the
land of Mesopotamia. That must have happened when he was 70 years old, which
would take us to the year 1926 BC by it both thereafter lived for 5 years in the land
of Haran until his dying father and God calls him by segund to occasion to go to
Canaan with 75 years. Then he spends 25 years in the promised land, until Isaac,
the son of promise, is born at the age of 100. This would be in the year 1896 BC
And it is from that date that the 400 year count must be made. In tonces was so
fully resolved this apparent contradiction. Both calculations with their dates,
which differ by thirty years, would lead us without any problem to the date of the
Exodus of Israel from the land of Egypt. In this case the year 1496 BC Therefore we
have demonstrated, in a very simple way, only based on the internal evidence of
the Bible that, from the creation of Adam, until the birth of Jesus, a literal period of
4000 years elapsed, no more No less. And at the same time we have shown that
the dates for the creation of Adam, the Exodus from Israel and the birth of Jesus
are 4004 BC, 1496 BC, and the year 4 BC. 

 
 

CHAPTER 9 THE APPARENT TARDINESS

"I will stand on my guard, and I will stand on the stronghold, and I will watch to
see what will be said to me, and what I shall answer regarding my complaint. And
Jehovah answered me, and said: Write the vision, and declare it on tablets , so that
he who reads in it may run. Even though the vision will take a while yet, but he
hastens towards the end, and he will not lie; although he delays, wait for him,
because he will surely come, he will not delay. Behold, he whose soul it is not
upright, it is proud, but the just shall live by his faith. " (Habakkuk 2: 1-4) So far we
have verified the accuracy of the 4,000 years from creation to the birth of Jesus,
through internal evidence from the Bible. Therefore the 6000 years of creation were
fulfilled from 4004 BC, until 1997 AD . These dates are based on the Gregorian
Calendar, which was established in the year 1582 AD. As we well know, this
Calendar has an error of three consecutive years, regarding the birth of Christ. This
means that, in his calculation, he places the birth of Jesus 3 years after he was born
in Bethlehem. Our study of Daniel's 70 weeks prophecy makes us see this
miscalculation. That is why we take the year 4 BC as a starting point, to calculate
the 4000 years of creation, which would take us until 4004 BC. But when we
calculate the 6000 years from creation, this would take us until 1997 AD. But for
many For years Seventh-day Adventists have believed and taught, though not
officially as an institution , that Christ must return to Earth after the 6000th
birthday. Every Adventist student of the Bible and the Spirit of Prophecy is aware
that the 6000 years of creation have already been completed. If these were fulfilled,
since the year 199 7 then we have spent 17 years past the 6000 years until the
current year 2014. But we look and even Christ has not returned to Earth to look
for his people, seventeen years after the fulfillment of the 6000 years of
creation. From this has originated the confusion and speculation of many among
our ranks, leading them to believe that the figures of 4000 and 6000 years,
mentioned in the books of the Spirit of Prophecy, should not be taken as literal
periods of time. But in the previous chapter we demonstrated s, through the
internal evidence of the Bible, that the 4000 years from Adam to Christ are totally
literal. Therefore, 2000 years after the birth of Christ would take us to the year 1997
AD, as the date of fulfillment of the 6000 years since the creation. But since the 6000
years of creation were completed seventeen years ago and Christ has not yet
returned, those who continue to believe in the literality of the 6000 years say that
from this date we are living a period of "delay". This view of delay is something
that has a certain biblical foundation. This word always appears related to the
events of the Second Coming of Christ to the Earth. An example of this is when it is
mentioned by Jesus' own lips in relation to the signs of his coming presented to his
disciples on the Mount of Olives. There, at the end of the chapter in Matthew 24, he
illustrates the condition of the leaders of his church before his return. He uses as an
example the attitude of two of his servants whom he put as stewards over his
house in the following way: There appears an "evil servant" who is not "faithful
and prudent" and who does not "feed his time "the servants that the Lord put
under his responsibility and also beat and mistreat them. This unfaithful
servant preaches a message of delay, saying "My Lord is late in coming." (Mat
24:48). But Jesus says of those whom he put as stewards over his house and act like
this, during the final period of the history of his church on Earth, that they will be
surprised by their return "on a day that they do not expect, and at an hour that
they do not. they know, and he will punish them harshly and will do his part with
the hypocrites, and there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth "(verses 50 and
51). In the immediate context, specifically in the 25th chapter of Matthew , Jesus
continues to speak of the spiritual condition of his church during the time of the
end, in which we undoubtedly are , as follows: "Then the kingdom of heaven It
will be like ten virgins who, taking their lamps, went out to meet the bridegroom.
Five of them were prudent and five foolish. The foolish, taking their lamps, did not
take oil with them, but the prudent took oil in their vessels, along with their lamps
And when the husband was late, they all nodded and slept. And at midnight there
was a cry, "Here comes the husband; come out to meet him!" Then all those virgins
arose, and trimmed their lamps. Give us of your oil, because our lamps go out. But
the prudent ones answered saying: So that we and you are not lacking, go rather to
those who sell, and buy for Yourselves, but while they were shopping, the
husband came; and those who were ready entered with him into weddings; and
the door was closed. Then the other virgins also came, saying: Lord, Lord, open to
us! But he, answering, said: Truly I tell you, I do not know you. Watch therefore,
because you do not know the day or the hour in which the Son of Homb is to
come. "(Mat 25: 1 to 13). There Jesus again uses an illustration similar to the
previous one, but this is more general In it he is referring, more than his leaders, to
all the members of his church on earth. He represents these as ten virgins. Of these,
5 are prudent, as was the faithful servant, and 5 foolish as was the bad servant. But
in that passage the word delay is mentioned once again. Let's see what the Bible
tells us about it: "And the husband being late, they all died and fell asleep" (Mat 25:
5) The apostle Peter also tells us about the delay in the following way: "The Lord
does not delay his promise, according to some they consider it to be delay, but he
is patient with us, not wanting that no one perish, but all proceed to repentance. "(2
Pet 3: 9). When we read these passages from Matthew, in light of what P edro, in
his second universal letter, we can conclude that this delay is not real. This is
apparently a delay. There is no haste or delay in God's prophetic clock. The delay
of his promise is only on the minds and lips of "some" who "are late." This fact was
confirmed from the days of the Millerite movement. In those days it was
proclaimed that Christ would return to Earth a second time, on the date of October
22, 1844 AD But Ellen White speaks to us, in chapter 23 of the Conflict of the
Centuries of this "delay" as follows: "Among these prophecies was that of
(Habakkuk 2: 1-4): 'I will stand, I said, on my watchtower, I will stand on the
fortress, and I will be looking to to see what God will say to me, and what I will
have to answer regarding my complaint. To which Jehovah answered, and said:
Write the vision, and carve it on tablets, so that it can be read regularly. appointed
term; well he is hastening towards the end, and he will not deceive hope: although
he delays, wait for it, because he will surely come, he will not delay. But here is the
proud one! his soul is not upright in him: the just one his faith will live. "(VM) As
early as 1842, the order given in this prophecy:" Write the vision, and carve it on
tablets, so that it can be read regularly, "had suggested to Carlos Fitch the writing
of a prophetic poster to illustrate the visions of Daniel and the Apocalypse. This
poster was considered as fulfillment of the order given by Habacuc. No one,
however, noticed then that the same prophecy mentions an obvious delay in
fulfilling the vision — a time of delay. After the setback, this scripture passage was
very significant: 'The vision will still take until the appointed time; well that he
hastens towards the end, and will not deceive hope: although he delays, wait for it,
because he will surely come, he will not delay ... The just man will live by his faith
"(Conflict of the Centuries, pp 442, 443) These words of complaint from the
prophet Habakkuk were interpreted, by the disgusted Millerites, as words of
encouragement and patient waiting in the fulfillment of the belief that they had so
firmly held and proclaimed since Miller began this movement. that this delay
would be fully clarified, since the prophet Habakkuk's complaint was a type of
complaint that they held for the delay in the time of fulfillment of the prophecy
proclaimed by them. After the disappointment they turned to the study of the
Bible with greater fervor in search of an answer and they managed to discover that
they were not mistaken regarding the date of their proclamation, but rather
regarding the event preached by them. that day October 22, 1844 only marked the
antitypical fulfillment of the sixth feast of the Leviticus 23 calendar. That feast
marked only the beginning of the day of Atonement, or the beginning of Heavenly
Judgment, and not the Second Coming of Christ to Earth. . Because of our
continued misunderstanding, in interpreting what the Bible really teaches, is that
for years we have been living an apparent delay, in our calculations of time, in
relation to the Second Coming of Jesus to Earth. But before continuing we should
stop at a remarkable fact in the words of the vision of the prophet Habakkuk. In his
book, this man of God tells us: "Although the vision will take a while yet, but it is
rushing towards the end, and it will not lie; although it will take, wait for it,
because it will surely come, it will not take." (Hab 2: 3). In those words of God a
paradox appears, when saying: "although it will take, wait for it, because without a
doubt it will come, it will not take." (Italics mine). The question we should ask this
text is the following: Is it late or not late? But this is a paradox, which is nothing
more than an apparent contradiction. This response of God to Habakkuk and by
extension to the remnant movement of the end time indicates that He, in his divine
omniscience, knew beforehand that this mistake would happen to his reigning
church on the appointed date of 1844. And that this would provoke the thought of
being in a period of delay in their minds, but He points out that this would only be
an appearance. The apparent delay is confirmed by the final part of this verse
of Habakkuk that says: "without a doubt he will come, he will not take long" and
by the words of the apostle Peter that we already mentioned before and that say:
"The Lord does not delay his promise, according to some they hold it for delay, but
it is patient with us, not wanting any to perish, but that all proceed to repentance.
" (2Pe 3: 9). But in the same passage of Habakkuk this fact is established in the
following sentence: "The vision will still take until the appointed period" (VM,
verse 3a). This is expressed in the modern version of the Bible, but let us compare
this passage with other versions of the Bible. "Although the vision takes time to
come true, it will come true in time it will not fail" (RVR 1995). "The time has not
yet come for this vision to be fulfilled, but it will not cease to be fulfilled"
(DHH). "Because [the] vision is still for the appointed time, and continues to pant
until the end, and will not tell a lie ..." (New World Version). In the visions of
chapters 8 and 9 of the book of Daniel, both William Miller and his followers
interpreted that the 2300 years marked the event of Christ's coming to Earth. This
was announced loudly everywhere. But it was not the Second Coming of Christ to
the Earth, but rather the event that had to be fulfilled on the date of October 22,
1844. God, knowing that they would be disappointed, encourages them, through
the words of the prophet Habakkuk, telling them that although the event of the
second advent of Christ was not fulfilled in his days, specifically on October 22,
1844, it would still be late "until the appointed term", "will be fulfilled in due time",
"when the time comes", " still for the appointed time ", etc ...; according to the
versions of the Bible quoted above. This means that the fulfillment of the prophecy
that announces the Second Coming of Jesus to the Earth had to be fulfilled in a
term or moment of time indicated in the future. According to (Habakkuk 2: 3),
although that moment of time seemed to take, due to errors of interpretation, it
really would not take long in terms of the real time established, by his divine
majesty, in his great prophetic time clock. But the question that many will be
asking now is the following: Where is that term or period of time indicated in the
Bible? In (Habakkuk 2: 3) we are told that it is indicated somewhere in the Bible,
and that in due course this event will be fulfilled. Undoubtedly, that period of time
is specified in the feast of tabernacles announced in Leviticus 23. She had a date for
its celebration that was from the 15th day of the seventh month or Tishri until the
22nd day of the month itself. (see Lev 23:33 to 43). As this feast is still "a shadow of
what is to come" (Col 2:17), because it has not yet been fulfilled regarding the event
and time of its antitype, everything indicates that it must be literally fulfilled
regarding these two parameters in the not too distant future. That is why Jesus
himself warned us about the full fulfillment of what is written in his Word, saying
the following: "Do not think that I have come to abolish the law or the prophets; I
have not come to abolish, but to fulfill. I say that until heaven and earth pass, not a
jot or a tittle will pass from the law, until all is fulfilled "(Mat 5:17, 18). This means
that He cannot return to Earth, until the feast of Tabernacles reaches its full
prophetic fulfillment literally in terms of its event and time. There in (Habakkuk 2:
1 to 3), God indicates to us, from the days of the Millerite movement, that the time
indicated for the return of Christ to the Earth was not on October 22, 1844, during
the events of the fulfillment of the sixth feast of Leviticus 23. This was the day of
Atonement or Yom Kippur, which only marked the beginning of the judgment in
the Celestial Shrine . He responds to Habakkuk's complaint and by extension to us
that for this event there is an appointed time or moment. Therefore the context of
these divine words are a challenge to their remnant people to investigate
where this period of time is indicated. According to the Bible, this period of time is
located on the date of the celebration of the Feast of Tabernacles (Lev 23:33 to
43). So the fourth angel of Revelation chapter 14 appears behind the third
angel giving a message that has to do with time in the likeness of the first angel's
message (Rev. 14: 7). This angel is the one who brings the message of the harvest in
the events of Jesus' return to Earth. And without a doubt, this harvest message,
from the fourth angel of Revelation 14, is related to the seventh feast of Leviticus
23. But to prove this we only need to quote what Moses himself tells us in the
Pentateuch. Let's see: "The solemn feast of tabernacles will take place for seven
days, when you have reaped the harvest of your era and your winepress." (Deut
16:13). "But on the fifteenth day of the seventh month, when you have gathered the
fruit of the ground, you shall celebrate the LORD for seven days; the first day shall
be a Sabbath, and the eighth day shall also be a Sabbath day." (Lev 23:39). This is
also confirmed in the passage in (Exo 23:34). In Revelation the fourth angel
presents the following message: "And another angel came out of the temple, crying
out with a loud voice to the one sitting on the cloud: Put your sickle in, and reap;
for the hour of reaping has come, for the harvest of the earth is ripe. " (Rev.
14:15). (The emphasis is mine). This angel represents a prophetic movement that
announces with a loud voice, throughout the world, a message of time in the
proclamation of the arrival of the Harvest or Harvest from Christ, who comes on
the clouds of heaven with his crown of gold and a sharp sickle in his hand. He says
in his message the following: "Throw in your sickle, and reap; for the hour to reap
has come, for the harvest of the earth is ripe." This is the term or moment of time
that is mentioned in the words of the vision that God gave to the prophet
Habakkuk and which was to be fulfilled in the future. And so far we only have, on
this date, the day and month specified in the Feast of Tabernacles, and which is
present in (Lev 23:33 to 43). But we do not have the definition of the year for the
fulfillment of this prophetic date. The first six festivals that preceded that of the
Enramadas, in this case Easter, Unleavened Bread, Firstfruits, Pentecost, Trumpets,
and the Day of Atonement, offer us the month and year of their fulfillment. The
day and month that each of the seven feasts was to be fulfilled are clearly specified
in chapter 23 of Leviticus. But as for the Biblical revelation of the year for its
fulfillment, it does not appear until a period of 1000 years after Moses wrote
Leviticus 23. From the days of Moses to the time of the prophet Daniel the nation
of Isra he celebrated those annual festivals uninterruptedly and its ceremonial
Saturdays on each exact date established in the symbolic ritual. The remnant
within the nation of Israel, through faith, in the future fulfillment of this
ceremonial, knew that their Messiah would fulfill, in his own ministry, the
antitypical reality of every detail of the rituals of these seven festivals. But for a
thousand years they celebrated these festivities, but without having in the specified
Bible the revelation of the year for the antitypical fulfillment of these
ceremonies. They only had the day and month of each feast in the book of
Leviticus. But as the centuries advanced, the time came when God revealed to his
people, through Daniel, in the prophecies of the 70 weeks and 2300 afternoons and
mornings, the years in which these ritual festivals of Leviticus were to be fulfilled
literally. The children of God who dedicated themselves to the study of the
prophecies gradually understood their meaning as the time for their fulfillment
approached. Proof of this fact has been demonstrated in the findings of the Dead
Sea Scrolls, which date from the 2nd and 1st century BC. Among the Scrolls of the
Old Testament found in the caves of Qumran were found several comments from
the book of Daniel, around the prophecy of chapter 9. This prophecy announced
the exact time of the appearance of the Messiah during his first coming to
Earth. Everything seems to indicate, according to the different comments found
among the Scrolls, that the community of the Essenes, who were in possession of
these manuscripts, began the proclamation of the fulfillment of the first four
festivals. This is why Jesus, when he began his ministry, expressed the following
saying: "The time has come, and the kingdom of God is at hand; repent, and
believe in the gospel." (Mar 1:15). Let's see what Ellen White told us about the
interpretation of this biblical passage: "Christ Himself sent them with the message:
'The time has come, and the kingdom of God is at hand: repent, and believe the
gospel.' Mark 1:15 (VM) .The message was based on the prophecy of the ninth
chapter of Daniel. The angel had declared that the sixty-nine weeks would reach n
'until the Messiah Prince,' and with great hopes and anticipated joy the disciples
longed for that the kingdom of Messiah should be established in Jerusalem, which
should spread throughout the whole earth. They preached the message that Christ
had entrusted to them even when they themselves misunderstood its meaning.
Although their message was based on Daniel 9:25, they did not notice that,
according to the next verse of the same chapter, the Messiah was going to be killed.
From his earliest age the hope of his heart had been encrypted in the glory of a
future earthly empire, and that blinded their intelligence regarding both the data
of prophecy as to the words of Christ. " (Great Controversy, p 393). This is
reaffirmed in the book "The Desire of Ages" as follows: "It was well known that the
seventy weeks of Daniel's prophecy, which included the advent of the Messiah,
were nearing completion, and everyone yearned to participate in that was of
national glory that was expected by then "(DTG, p 108). As Christ was a great
student of the prophecies of the Bible, he discovered very early in his life that in all
the ceremonial of the sanctuary he was the true lamb of God typified by those
ceremonial and annual festivals. That is why he went to John the Baptist to be
baptized since he knew when it was the precise moment that the prophecy
indicated to begin his ministry. All this was indicated in chapter 9 of the book of
the prophet Daniel. Proof of his full knowledge of this prophecy of Daniel 9 is in
the knowledge that Christ had of the date of his death, at the Passover of the year
31 AD, since he announced it several times to his disciples shortly before being
crucified. All this is evidenced in several of the phrases of Jesus, contained in
various passages of the Bible, such as those found in (Mark 1:15; Luke 9:51; John 2:
4; 7: 5, 8, 30; 8 : 20; 12:23, 27; 13: 1; 16:32; 17: 1). This is later confirmed by the
apostle Paul in passages like (Romans 5: 6 and Galatians 4: 4). Both Jesus and Paul
who were the maximum expression of exemplary students and connoisseurs of the
Holy Scriptures in these passages mentioned significant phrases such as: "the time
has come," "my hour has not yet come", "my time has not yet arrived "," my
time has not yet been fulfilled "," But for this I have arrived at this hour "," the hour
has come for the Son of man to be glorified "," Jesus knowing that his hour had
come "," The hour is coming and has already come, "" Father, the hour has come, ""
And when the time had come, God sent his Son, "" Christ, when we were still
weak, in due course died for the wicked. " These biblical texts, coming from the
lips of Jesus and Paul, make it quite clear that they were referring to the fulfillment
of the Old Testament prophecies of time. The vast majority of them are quoted by
the apostle John in his Gospel. But this same John was the one who wrote the book
of Revelation, and there he uses the same term in the time message of the first
angel who announces "with a loud voice": "Fear God, and give him glory, because
the hour of his judgment has come, and worship him who made heaven and earth,
the sea, and the fountains of waters "(Rev. 14: 7). Here no Adventist dare to argue
that the meaning of this phrase in the first angel's message "the hour of his
judgment has come" is not referring to the time prophecy of Daniel chapter 8,
which heralded the end of the 2300 afternoons and mornings for the date of
October 22 , 1844 AD So when in the fourth angel's message we are told: "And
another angel came out of the temple, crying out with a loud voice to the one
sitting on the cloud: Put your sickle in , and reaps, for the hour to reap has come,
for the harvest of the earth is ripe. " (Rev. 14:15). We are not allowed to interpret its
meaning in a different way than we do when we analyze the message of the first
angel, since both texts are one hundred percent the same in terms of their
grammatical pattern. Without a doubt, the message of the hour of the harvest of
the fourth angel, represented at the Feast of Tabernacles, is like that of the first
angel, a prophetic message based on time. If not, then we cannot say that the first
angel's message is based on a time prophecy with a date to announce. But this
would be totally crazy and absurd. We all know that the phrase "the hour of his
judgment has come", present in the message of the first angel, refers to the
announcement of the date of October 22, 1844 AD In this connection, Ellen White
expressed the following: "As the disciples were preaching: 'The time is fulfilled,
and the kingdom of God is at hand,' so also Miller and his associates proclaimed
that the longest and last prophetic period of which the Bible speaks was about to
end. , that the judgment was imminent and that the eternal kingdom was to be
established. The preaching of the disciples regarding time was based on the
seventy weeks of the chapter or ninth of Daniel. The message proclaimed by Miller
and his collaborators announced the conclusion of the 2,300 days of Daniel 8:14, of
which the seventy weeks are part. In each case the preaching was based on the
fulfillment of a different part of the same great prophetic period of time. " (Great
Controversy, pp 399, 400). But in both ages they were disappointed due to the
present errors of interpretation in the popular theology of their day. Both the
disciples of Jesus and Miller and their followers were wrong about the events that
had to be fulfilled and not about the time specified in the symbolic rituals of
Leviticus 23. When we related the dates of the first six feasts of chapter 23 of the
book From Leviticus , with the prophecy of the 70 weeks and 2300 afternoons and
mornings of Daniel 8 and 9, we can obtain, with total precision, the Day, Month
and Year of the antitypical fulfillment of each of them. None of them ceased to be
fulfilled in history at the dates announced in their symbolic rituals. But we know
that the list of festivals, present in chapter 23 of Leviticus, is not only six, but
seven. The seventh is that of the Tabernacles, and we know that it has not yet
reached its antitypical fulfillment . This event of the tabernacles will take place
when the time of the Harvest comes, during the events of Christ's return to Earth
to seek his people as prophetically announced (Rev. 14: 14-16). But this seventh
feast has in its symbolic ritual of Leviticus 23, day and month to start its
celebration in the manner of the six that preceded it. Like the previous ones, it
should not fail in terms of the accuracy of its fulfillment in terms of the time and
event specified in its symbolic ritual . The years of the prophetic fulfillment of the
six feasts that preceded that of the Tabernacles were specified in the prophecies of
chapters 8 and 9 of the book of the prophet Daniel. But the only one in which the
year of its fulfillment in Daniel 8 and 9 is not specified is in that of the
Tabernacles. But we believe what Ellen White tells us regarding the fall feasts,
which have to do with the events of the Second Coming of Jesus. She says that they
must all be fulfilled in terms of the time specified by their symbolic ritual. So if the
day, month and year of its fulfillment could be calculated previously for the first
six, it would be totally illogical to think that this cannot be done with that of the
Tabernacles. But already in Leviticus 23 God offered us the days and the month of
the celebration of this feast. So we must look in the Bible for the evidences that
point us this year, to have the complete date in our calculation. If God offers us
days and months of this holiday , there must be Biblical evidence that also offers us
the year. All this is much more evident when we analyze the message of time
presented by the fourth angel that says to us: "Throw in your sickle, and reap; for
the hour to reap has arrived, for the harvest of the earth is ripe." For this reason,
the Adventist movement is given the following order, after the disappointment of
1844: "And he said to me: You must prophesy again about many peoples, nations,
languages, and kings" (Rev. 10:11). (The emphasis is mine). The Bible God Speaks
Today tells us the following regarding this matter: "You have to communicate new
prophetic messages about many peoples, nations, tongues and kings" (emphasis
mine). Searching for the meaning of the word "prophesies ", in the original of the
Greek text of the New Testament, through Strong's Exhaustive Concordance, we
could find the following: 1. "4395. προτητεύω prophet; of 4396; predict events,
guess , speaking under inspiration, exercises the prop ethical office : —propheting.
" 2. "4396. προφήτης propétes; of a compound of 4253 and 5346; one that foretells
('prophet'); by anal. Inspired speaker; by extens. Poet:" prophet. " Undoubtedly, the
remnant people of God have yet to announce a prophetic message of time after the
year 1844, and this is the one that is present at the Feast of Tabernacles. And he is
the one who proclaims with a loud voice the fourth angel of Revelation 14, saying:
"the hour to reap has arrived". 

CHAPTER 10 THE YEAR 2031 (THE 4000 AND 6000 YEARS OF SIN)

"Thus also it is written: The first man was made Adam, the living soul; the last
Adam, the life-giving spirit." (1 Corinthians 15:45) The confusion regarding the
apparent delay, related to the fulfillment of the period of 6000 years, has been
in the fact that we have mistakenly thought, for many years, that Christ should
return at the end of 6000 years of Creation. As these were literally fulfilled
seventeen years ago, in 1997 AD, the vast majority of us believe that we are
experiencing a period of delay. But this delay is not real. This only exists in our
erroneous interpretation, because as the apostle Peter says: "God does not delay
his promise, as some take it for delay" (2 Pe 3: 9). Therefore , as our God "knows no
haste or delay", he will return at the exact time that He has fixed in his Great Time
Clock. When the precise hour arrives, on his prophetic clock, for his return to take
place, this will be fulfilled to the letter, but our mistake has been based on the fact
that we think that the 6000 years should be counted since the creation of
Adam. But these must begin to be counted from the fall of Eve and Adam and not
from Creation. The context of the words of Elena de Wh ite tells us about the
establishment of the Kingdom of God, after the 6000 years of rebellion and sin are
completed. She never locates the context of the Second Coming of Christ by
referring to 6000 years of creation. She almost always refers to the moment of
falling into sin until the moment of Christ's death, not from the creation of Adam
to the birth of Christ. There are many quotes in Ellen White's writings that tell us
about the 4,000 and 6,000 years of sin and rebellion. In this work we will analyze
only some of them, which will be very useful for what we intend to
demonstrate. Many of them we will find in the book The Great Controversy. And
from this moment on we will share some of them with you , and here are the first
three: "The great controversy between Christ and Satan, held for nearly six
thousand years, is about to end; and Satan redoubles his efforts to to fail the work
of Christ for the benefit of man and to hold souls in their bonds "(Great
Controversy, p 572). "The great conflict ran its course for six thousand years; the
Son of God and his heavenly messengers fought against the power of the evil one,
to enlighten and save the sons of men." (Ibid , p 714). "For six thousand years,
Satan's work of rebellion 'shook the earth.' He 'turned the world into a desert', and
destroyed its cities; and his prisoners he never released, to return home. ' For six
thousand years, his prison [tomb] has received the people of God, and would have
held him captive forever, if Christ had not broken their chains and delivered those
in prison "(Ibid, pp 717, 718). The first date is slightly different from the other
two. The first of these three quotes was written by her referring to the present
context in which she had to live. And in it he maintains that "the great controversy
between Christ and Satan" had been sustained "about 6000 years", and that it was
about to conclude. This shows that she was fully aware that the 6000 years had not
ended in her day. In the next two quotes she is taken by God in vision to the future
context of the millennium. From that future moment she narrates looking at the
past and says: "For 6000 years the work of rebellion of Satan shook the Earth", and
"for 6000 years, his prison [the grave] has received the people of God, and would
have held captive forever ... ". At times, Ellen White used the "PROLEPSIS", which
is nothing more than a literary figure who allows us to talk about future matters as
if they had already happened. In this case, she uses this literary device to refer to
the fact that Satan's work of rebellion, carried out for 6000 years, is already
finished. In the last quote, of the three we have used so far, Ellen White uses the
"Prolepsis" resource again. There she narrates, as an accomplished reality, events
that are more distant in the future. She is transported by God, in vision, to the
future text in which the millennium will end. At that time God will exterminate sin
and sinners once and for all from the face of the Earth. From there, he tells us the
history of the Earth as a fact of the past and tells us that Satan's work of destruction
has ended forever after having worked for 6000 as he pleased, causing pain and
sorrow throughout the universe. With these quotes we clearly establish that the
6000 years that mark the end of the conflict between Christ and S athan, are those
of sin, rebellion and death at the beginning of the fall of Adam and Eve. It is a
mistake to start counting these 6000 years in relation to creation years and not
years of sin. By thinking of years of creation, we have an apparent delay in the time
of Christ's return until 2014. But Christ will not return until the 6000 years of sin
come to an end. And today these 6000 years have not yet been completed. The
question we must now answer is the following: When are these 6000 years of sin
completed? To answer this question we will use two key quotes from the Spirit of
Prophecy. And the first of these references can be found in chapter 72 of the book
The Desire of Ages, and says thus: "Christ was in the point of transition between
two systems and their two respective great feasts. He, the Immaculate Lamb of
God, was about to present himself as an offering for sin, and thus would end the
system of figures and ceremonies that for four thousand years had announced his
death While eating the passover with his disciples, he instituted instead the rite
that was to commemorate his great sacrifice "(DTG, p 608). The second is similar
and is found in chapter 19 of the book The Great Controversy and says thus: "In
the middle of the week he will cease the sacrifice and the offering. ' In the year 31
BC, three and a half years after his baptism, our Lord was crucified.With the great
sacrifice offered at Calvary , that offering system ended that for four thousand
years had foreshadowed the Lamb of God. he found the antitype, and all the
sacrifices and oblations of the ceremonial system had to cease "(Great Controversy,
p 374). According to these inspired quotes, the 4,000 years ended when the last
week of Daniel chapter 9's 70 weeks prophecy was fulfilled. This happened in the
year 31 BC According to the commentary on both quotes Christ was at that time
at the transition point between two systems.

For 4000 years a system of types, shadows or figures of ritual ceremonies had
functioned through festivals with sacrifices and offerings of various types. This
offering system was established from the moment of Eve and Adam's fall into
sin. This happened when they were dressed in "fur robes" (Gen 3:21), because they
felt naked, before the presence of God, after their sin and rebellion. Undoubtedly
the skins of these robes, with which they were clothed, were of lamb. The book of
Revelation refers to this as follows: "And all the inhabitants of the earth whose
names were not written in the Lamb's book of life that was slain from the
beginning of the world worshiped her ." (Rev. 13: 8). With the skin of the lambs
that were sacrificed, to atone for the sin of Adam and Eve, they were clothed. This
act was a symbol of Christ's cloak of justice for those of the human race who
accepted his provision. And at the same time that act began the ceremonial system
that was to end 4000 years later with the death of Christ in the year 31 JC On
the same day, 14 Nisan, in the year 31, when the Passover feast was to be
celebrated, established in the chapter 23 of the book of Leviticus, the type met the
antitype. On that day Christ Jesus, the true "Lamb of God who takes away the sin
of the world" (Jn 1:29), was sacrificed, for our sins, on the cross of Calvary, at nine
in the morning, which was the time of the sacrifice morning. Thus, in this way, he
died at exactly three in the afternoon, which was the time when the evening
sacrifice was offered. That is why Paul, recognizing Jesus Christ as the true
Passover Lamb of God, said of him: "Cleanse yourselves, therefore, of the old
leaven, so that you may be a new dough, unleavened as you are; because our
Passover, which is Christ, has already been sacrificed for us." (1 Cor 5: 7). So if the
4000 years of sin began to be fulfilled from the moment of the sacrifice of the lambs
in favor of Adam and Eve and culminated with the death of Christ on the cross of
Calvary, in the year 31 JC Therefore the 6000 years of sin must conclude in the year
2031 AD But if we do a countdown of 6000 years from the year 2031 AD, this
would bring us to the date of the year 3970 BC This calculation can also be done by
doing a countdown of 4000 years, from death of Christ, in the year 31 AD, and it
would also take us to the date of the year 3970 BC . So that would be the date for
the fall into sin of Adam and Eve. So it is very curious to note then that in the
difference of years from the date of creation 4004 BC, until this of 3970 BC, a period
of 33 and a half years passed. Ap arentemente are 34 full years, but we think that
the creation happened, according to our Gregorian calendar in the fall of 4004 BC
So, in this way, we can say that since the creation of Adam, to the birth of Christ,
we know It was not December 25, but in the fall of 4 BC, exactly 4000 years
passed. Therefore, the week of creation was in the fall of 4004 BC. But in reference
to the accuracy of 4000 years, in terms of its shadow system, we must start
from the spring date of Nisan 14 of the year 31 of JC, since that this was the date
that Jesus died on Mount Calvary and would unquestionably take us to the spring
of Nisan 14 in 3970 BC Therefore from the autumn of creation in 4 004 BC, until the
spring of 3970 BC , there is a period of 33 and a half years. And we can be more
precise when affirming that from the month of October 4004 BC, until April 3970
BC, a time of 33 years and six months elapsed. The curious and charming thing
about all this lies in the fact that this period of time is repeated, 4000 years later, as
a carbon copy, since the autumn date of the birth of Christ, which must have been
in October of year 4 BC, until the first Easter of Nisan 14, in the month of April of
the year 31 of JC In that year Jesus was 33 and a half years old, since (Luke 3:23)
tells us that: "Jesus himself at starting his ministry was about thirty years old "; and
his ministry was 3 and a half years. Therefore, when Jesus died he was 33 and a
half years old. We should note a curious fulfillment of type and antitype here with
respect to the two Adams. The Bible speaks to us of the two Adams in the
following way: "Thus it is also written: The first man was made Adam, the living
soul; the last Adam, the life-giving spirit." (1 Cor 15:45). All this only indicates that
Jesus, as a second Adam, was typified by the first Adam even in the years in which
he lived without sinning. This makes more sense the 33 and a half years in which
Christ lived without sin until he was slain on the cross of Calvary. He came to
demonstrate to the universe that Adam could have triumphed over the tempter
when he was 33 and a half years old. So He overcame the serpent, at the time when
he was the same age as Adam and Eve, when they fell before the suggestions of the
ancient serpent. Many have asked themselves, throughout history, the question of
how long was the time that Adam and Eve were in Eden without sinning. They
lived in Eden for a long time in communion with God and the angels, without
falling into sin. Ellen White gives us evidence of this in the following quotations:
"But the great Lawgiver was to reveal to Adam and Eve the consequences of their
sin. The divine presence was manifested in the garden. In their former state of
innocence and holiness they used to cheerfully welcome the presence of their
Creator, but now they fled in terror, and hid themselves in the farthest part of the
garden. " (Patriarchs and Prophets, p 37). "The angels had warned Eve to be careful
not to part with her husband while he was engaged in his daily work in the
garden; being with him would be less likely to be tempted than alone." (Ibid, p
33). "The daily work provided them with health and contentment, and the happy
couple greeted the visits of their Creator with joy, when in the freshness of the day
they walked and talked with them. Every day God taught them new
lessons." (Ministry of Healing, p 128). Phrases like: "In their former state of
innocence and holiness they used to gleefully welcome the presence of their
Creator", "while he was engaged in his daily work in the garden", "the daily work
provided health", "the The happy couple greeted with joy the visits of their Creator
"," in the cool of the day he walked and talked with them ", and" Every day God
taught them new lessons ", they indicate that they stayed more than a simple week,
a month, or a year without falling into rebellion and sin. They "used to" receive
"visits from their Creator." Adam had a job that was "daily", God "walked and
talked with them", and so every day, "God taught them new lessons." For the
above, we should not doubt that the 6000 years of sin must end in the year 2031
AD. Therefore, Christ is not taking his return to Earth and it is 17 years from this
year AD, for us to reach the date AD 2031 If the Second Coming of Christ is
symbolized by the ceremonial rituals of the seventh Feast of Tabernacles, as to the
date and event, this must be literally fulfilled, as did the six that preceded it, as to
these two facets. So if Christ is not to return until the 6000 years of sin and
rebellion are complete, he will not return to Earth before 2031 BC. Everything
seems to indicate that this will be the year of his final advent. The mission of the
fourth angel of (Rev 14:15), is to announce the time of the arrival of the time of the
Harvest or the Harvest, in fulfillment of the prophecy of the Feast of Tabernacles of
(Lev 23: 33-43 ). Then we would only have to define when, in our Gregorian
Calendar, the days 15 to 22 of the seventh month should fall, or Tishri, in the year
2031 AD, which is the date when the Jews celebrate the feast of the Enramadas or
Tabernacles. In this way we would have the day, the month, and the year, as has
been previously revealed to us in the six previous festivals. In this way we would
be giving continuity to the prophetic logical thought of chapter 23 of Leviticus,
given by God to Moses, discovered by Guillermo Miller, resurrected by Samuel
Snow, and confirmed by the Spirit of Prophecy, in the book The Conflict of
the Siles. . 

CHAPTER 11 THE GATE OF ORION

"Those of you who make judgment a wormwood and put justice to the ground,
seek the one who makes the Pleiades and the Orion, and returns darkness in the
morning, and makes the day darken as night; he who calls the waters of the sea
And he pours them out on the face of the earth, Jehovah is his name, who gives the
stringer effort on the fort, and causes the plunder to come upon the fortress.
" (Amos 5: 8) Orion is the best-known constellation in heaven. It is also known as
the Hunter. The ancient Egyptians called it Osiris Rum. Its stars are very bright
and can be seen from both hemispheres. This makes it recognized worldwide. She
is, for the most part, a winter constellation of the planet's northern hemisphere. In
the southern hemisphere it is visible during the summer . She begins to see herself
in the northern hemisphere in the final days of August, two hours before dawn,
around four in the morning. In the following months its appearance is advanced
by two hours each month, until it is visible almost all night, during the winter
months. That is why it is within the winter constellations of the northern
hemisphere of Earth. This beautiful constellation alone is not visible for a period of
about 70 days in the night sky of the northern hemisphere . This is from mid-April
to mid-August. She is located near the constellation of the Eridanus River and
supported by her two hunting dogs called Can Mayor and Can Menor. At the
same time he is seen facing the constellation of Taurus. The main stars that make
up this constellation are Betelgeuse, which is a red supergiant 450 times more
diameter than the Sun. From this star being in the position of our Sun, its diameter
would reach the planet Mars. Then there is Angel, which is 33 times greater than
our Sun. This is the brightest star in the constellation, radiating 23,000 times more
light than our Sun. Angel is part of a triple star system, of which its main star is a
supergiant. very bright blue . At the same time, this star has a surface temperature
of 13,000 degrees Celsius. This constellation features another blue giant called
Bellatrix which is the third brightest star in the constellation. It also has three
famous stars known as the hunter's belt or "Las Tres Marías", or "Los Tres Reyes
Magos". These are called Mintaka, Alnitak, and Alnilam. The Bible tells us about
this constellation in various passages. The first time he is mentioned is in the book
of Job, written by Moses about the year 1500 BC, (Job 9: 9 and 38:31). It is also
mentioned in (Amos 5: 8). The Bible also implies, in various passages, that to the
North is the place of the habitation of
God. The first of these texts that we would like to show you is the following: "Great
is Jehovah and worthy in a great way to be praised in the city of our God, on his
holy mountain. Beautiful province, the joy of all the Earth is Mount Zion , on the
north sides! The city of the great King! " (Psalm 48: 1,2). In this text, reference is
being made mainly to the New Jerusalem, which is the capital of the universe and
where the throne of God is located. The heavenly Jerusalem is Mount Zion which
is astronomically situated on the north sides for us . The ancients defined the North
as a cardinal point upwards, contrary to what we do today. Let us see how the
apostle Paul makes it clear to us, under divine inspiration, that Mount Zion is not
the earthly Jerusalem, but the heavenly where is the dwelling place of God and the
angels of his power. "You, however, have approached Mount Zion, the city of the
living God, Jerusalem the heavenly, the company of many thousands of angels"
(Hebrews 12:22). We should note that at this cardinal point North is where the
universal throne of God is located. In the very words of the fallen angel, when he
wanted to put himself in the place of God to be worshiped, he manifested this fact.
In his greedy self-exaltation and full of arrogant pride he said the following: "I will
ascend to heaven. On high, next to the stars of God I will raise my throne and on
the mountain of witness I will sit, in the extreme north; on the heights I will rise
from the clouds and be like the Most High. "(Isaiah 14: 13,14). When we go to the
book of the prophet Ezekiel, in its first chapter, we can appreciate the vision that
the prophet had of the descent of God, in his cosmic chariot, to the city of
Jerusalem to make an investigative judgment on his people, as a result of the
apostasy into which they had immersed themselves. But in verse 4 of that same
chapter we can appreciate the direction from which God came to judge his people.
There it is said that Jehovah came from his throne with direction from the North.
But it is curious to note that he entered the city through the eastern or eastern gate
and that he retired from that same place (see Ezekiel 10:19; 11:23). But Ezekiel tells
us that when the glory of God returns again he will enter through the eastern gate
(Ezekiel 43: 1-4; 44: 1,2). There is a text in the book of Job, which Moses wrote more
than 3,500 years ago. That text has great scientific revelations, long before modern
science took credit for discovering these scientific facts already revealed in the
Bible. In that passage the Earth is said to be in a weightless state long before the
laws of universal gravitation were discovered. The belief of scientists until the 16th
century was that the Earth was flat and supported on elephants on top of a turtle
thrown in the middle of the sea. But this text says that the Earth was hung over
nothing, that is, in empty space, in a state of weightlessness. Let's see the text: "He
stretches the North over the void, hangs the Earth over nothing." (Job 26: 7). But
the detail that concerns us here is the fragment that says: "He extends the North
over the void." Here again we see the mention of the North, which is the direction
of the throne of God in outer space. But there it is said that the North in the
universe is spread over the void. When we go to the data of modern astronomy,
our Sun with its entire system in motion, within our galaxy, travels an orbit of
30,000 light years, with a translation speed of 250 km / h. But the path from est to
orbit is so enormous that it seems to travel a perfectly straight line to the North. In
other words, our Sun travels through space with all its planets in a straight line to
the North, in the direction of the Hercules constellation. This happens at a speed of
20 km / s, reaching the impressive distance of 2 million km per day. But according
to the findings of modern astronomy, that North direction, towards which the
apparently linear movement of our solar system is directed , is practically "empty"
of stars, when compared to the other cardinal points in the sky regions. But Orion
has a very mentioned and prominent area in recent years. That place or object is
the nebula that this constellation contains in its domains. The Orion Nebula was
discovered by chance, in 1618 AD, by the astronomer Zisatus, when he was
making observations of a luminous comet. Although it is also said that it was a
French astronomer and not the Jesuit Zisatus who discovered it in 1610, and that
Zisatus was only the first to make an article about her. Since that date, this nebula
has been studied a lot, by astronomy. And it is known that it is located within our
galaxy, 350 parsecs from S ol. A Parsec is equivalent to 3.26 light years. A light year
is equivalent to 9.46 billion kilometers. So these 350 Parsecs would be 1,141 light
years; which taken to linear kilometers would give us the figure of 10,793, 86
trillion kilometers away. But remembering the text of (Job 26: 7), regarding the
void, it is curious to note the discoveries made by the international astronomical
community regarding the conditions present in this nebula. Now I will quote
information from a book on the tronomy of the Soviet publisher Mir, written in
1969, and which reveals something impressive: "The average density of this gas
nebula, or as they often say, diffuse, is 10 to seventeen times less than the density
of air at 20 degrees Celsius. In other words, a part of the nebula, with a volume of
100 cubic kilometers, will weigh a milligram! The largest vacuum achieved in
laboratories is millions of times denser That the Orion Nebula is nevertheless, the
total mass of this gigantic formation, which deserves more than comets the name
of 'nothing visible', is enormous. A thousand suns like ours or more than three
hundred million Earth-like planets ! [...] To better illustrate this case, let us point
out that, if we were to reduce the Earth to the dimensions of a pinhead, then, on
this scale , the the Orion Nebula would occupy a volume the size of the Earth's
globe! " (F. Ziguel, "Los Te soros del Firmamento", ed Mir. Moscow 1969, p 179)
That is to say that the proportion would be as follows: The head of a pin is to
Earth, as Earth is to the nebula of Orion. Therefore, if the place of God's dwelling
place is "on the sides of the North" in the sky, and he has extended "the North over
the void", and the emptiest region of the sky is in the direction of the nebula from
Orion. When we link the Bible with astronomy everything seems to indicate that
the place of the throne of God is located in the direction of the Orion constellation.
Orion Correlation Theory Since 1989 the famous hypothesis about the correlation
of Orion with the pyramids of the Giza complex was published. This theory was
formulated by the British Robert Bauval and Adria n Gilbert. The primary
publication on this subject appeared in volume 13 of "Discussions in Egyptology".
This theory suggests that there is a correlation between the location of the three
pyramids of the Giza plateau complex in Egypt with the location of the three stars
of the Orion belt. But according to the proponents of this theory, this correlation
was fully intended by the pyramid builders. This was executed by those architects,
considering that these huge structures, focused on their orientation towards the
stars, which were the gods of the pagan culture of the ancient Egyptian world,
would facilitate the passage of the pharaohs to their immortal life of gods after his
death in this world. According to them, this correlation occurs looking from the
north of the Giza pyramids to the south. This correlation goes beyond a simple
coincidence. These three pyramids known as Kefrén, Cheops and Micerinos, dated
to the time of the IV Egyptian dynasty by archaeologists and Egyptologists, have a
perfect alignment in relation to the three stars of the Orion belt. Despite the
immense dimensions of these three pyramids, their alignment accuracy with the
three stars of the Orion belt is truly impressive. This is currently not one hundred
percent accurate. The stars in the Orion belt form an angle that differs by a few
degrees from that of the pyramids. Bauval discovered that the so-
called ventilation channels of the great pyramid pointed to the stars. Those in the
south pointed to the stars of the Orion constellation and to the star Sirius. From the
king's chamber this channel pointed directly at the central star of the Orion belt,
who represented the god Osiris for the Egyptians. And from the queen's chamber
it was pointed directly at the star of Sirius, who represented the goddess Isis. But
according to them, the north ventilation channels pointed from the queen's
chamber to the Little Bear , and from the king's chamber to the star Alpha Draconis
or Thuban, the star that some 4800 years ago marked the north. So also the
Egyptologist John Anthony West in collaboration with the geologist Robert Schoch,
stated that 12,000 years ago, the Sphinx of Giza was built representing the sky of
that time and was located in reference to the vernal point of the Earth, which he
was pointing directly at the Leo Constellation. They claim that the original form of
the Egyptian Sphinx was completely a lion representing Earth on the constellation
of Leo in heaven. They say that the Sphinx degraded as a consequence of the rain
water, at the time of the last ice age, which dates back to the years when the Sahara
was not desert, but was a beautiful natural garden, where it always rained towards
the year 10,500. BC Thus Bauval, with the collaboration of archaeoastronomy,
concluded that if the precessional changes of the Orion belt are calculated,
throughout the centuries, it can be verified that there was a time in the past when
these three stars they were perfectly aligned in relation to the Milky Way, as the
pyramids were in relation to the Nile river. Robert Bauval shows these calculations
in his book "The Mystery of Orion". He speculates that this happened in the year
10,500 BC. According to his hypothesis, he says that this was the year that such a
master construction company was conceived, but that its construction began in a
later historical period. In this way Robert Bauval goes further, in his logical
speculation, by proposing that all the other pyramids built on the land of the Nile
are an imitation of the other stars in the sky. He states in his theory that the idea
with which the Egyptians viewed time was cyclical. He adds that they were
governed by the laws of the cosmic order. They had a maxim that said: "Like
above, below." Hence his imitation in proportion to the earthly scale of all that was
in heaven. Where Bauval and archaeoastronomy are wrong is in the dating of the
date of this construction of the pyramids and the Sphinx of the monumental
complex of Giza. His calculation of the year 10,500 BC, is totally logical in this
correlation of earthly monuments and stars and celestial constellations, when the
precession of the equinoxes is taken into account in light of the approximate 23
degrees of inclination that the imaginary axis of the Earth, in relation to the
equatorial plane of our solar system. If you think that this has always been the
angle of inclination of the earth axis, the 10,500 years before Christ have all the
logic of scientific reason. But what Bauval and the others who support these 10,500
years do not count is that the Earth did not always have this difference in
inclination of its imaginary axis in relation to the equator of the orbit of the solar
system. But today all of us know, or should know, that the four seasons of the year
are as a result of the inclination of the Earth's axis, and that if it had an angle of
ninety degrees, in relation to the equator of the orbit of the solar system , the four
annual seasons that the Earth owns would not exist. This would give the Earth a
perfect, stable climate and a form of eternal spring without autumn, summer or
harsh winters. This was the condition that planet Earth had before the cataclysmic
events of the universal flood, narrated in Genesis 7 and 8. Until before the
universal flood occurred, the climate of our planet was perfect and
there were no seasons of the year as we have them. today, as a result of the
inclination of its axis. This inclination happened as a result of the very powerful
cataclysmic forces that shook the crater globe on the occasion of the flood of waters
in the time of Noah. This event happened 4361 years ago until 2014, since
according to the chronogenealogies of the Bible, the flood took place in 2348 BC. If
Bauval, archaeoastronomers, geologists and Egyptologists took into account this
data of the 23 degree inclination of the earthly axis, which has to do with the
precession of the equinoxes, in relation to what the Bible narrates of the flood and
that they call it "last ice age", they would realize that the pyramids are not more
than 5,000 years old and thus coincide in the dating of its date 4,500 years ago and
not with 10,500 BC That is, this analysis would make archaeoastronomy realize
that there is a difference of thousands of years of error in their calculations, by
neglecting the fact of the inclination of the Earth axis in relation to the data of the
universal flood of Genesis. The Bible says of this: "As long as the earth remains, the
sowing and harvesting, the cold and the heat, the summer and the winter, and the
day and the night will not cease ." (Genesis 8:22). This was only the physical,
climatic, and geographic result of Earth's tilt as a consequence of the cataclysmic
forces of the Flood. Thus, in this way, the seasons of the year and the differences in
annual hours between days and nights were born on our planet some 4,500 years
ago. For this reason everything seems to indicate that both the pyramids and the
Sphinx were not really built by the egyptian pharaohs , because it was impossible
for their generation to build those impressive monuments. These were built by the
Nephilim (Giants), resulting from the marital union of the sons of God,
descendants of Set, with the daughters of men, descendants of Cain. These were
the disobedient members of the antediluvian generation who rejected God and
Noah's message some 45 centuries ago. This would make us understand that the
Sphinx was not built 12,000 years ago as calculated by the Egyptologist John
Anthony West and the geologist Robert Schoch. In addition to this they said that it
degraded as a result of the rain water, at the time of the last ice age, which dates
back to the years when the Sahara was not desert, but was a natural garden, where
it always rained towards the year. 10,500 BC This was undoubtedly degraded by
the waters, but these were the waters of the universal flood in the days of Noah,
and not worn out by what the international scientific community has called "the
last ice age." But if the defenders of this theory valued this data of the inclination of
the Earth's axis, as a consequence of the forces of the universal flood in the days of
Noah, which brought as a final result the precession of the equinoxes , and
therefore the seasons of the year on our planet; they would not make the 8,000-year
difference in the dating of the pyramids of the Giza complex in its correlation with
the stars of Orion. Thus the appreciation of this data would place them 4,500 years
ago, and not in the year 10,500 BC "As above, so below" God, after Israel's
departure from the land of Egypt, commissioned Moses to build a earthly
sanctuary or tabernacle modeled after the heavenly sanctuary to illustrate the plan
of salvation as a sign of true worship for the people of God on this earth. This fact
can be seen in the following passages of the Bible: "And they will make a sanctuary
for me, and I will dwell among them. According to everything I show you, the
design of the tabernacle, and the design of all its utensils , so you will. " (Exodus
25: 8,9). Now, the main point of what we have been saying is that we have such a
high priest, who sat at the right hand of the throne of the Majesty in heaven,
minister of the sanctuary, and of that true tabernacle that the Lord raised, and not
man, because every high priest is constituted to present offerings and sacrifices, so
it is necessary that he also have something to offer, so if he were on earth, he
would not even be a priest, even though there are priests who present the
offerings. according to the law; which serve what is the figure and shadow of
heavenly things, as Moses was warned when he was going to erect the tabernacle,
saying: See, do all things according to the model that has been shown to you in the
mountain." (Hebrews 8: 1-5). "It was therefore necessary that the figures of
heavenly things should be purified in this way; but heavenly things themselves,
with better sacrifices than these. For Christ did not enter the sanctuary made by
hand, figure of the true, but into heaven itself to present himself for God before us
now, not to offer himself many times, as the high priest enters the Holy of Holies
every year with the blood of others. " (Hebrews 9: 24-26). In the same way, the
enemy of souls has been in charge of imitating the plan of God, falsifying every
element of true worship, through his idolatrous pagan instruments in his effort to
establish a New World Order that pays his worship to him in instead of God. That
is why in the religious philosophy of the ancient pagan world and especially when
we see the correlation of the stars and constellations of the sky with the
pyramids and other monuments of the land of Egypt, we can notice a blasphemous
imitation by the rebel angel. He still continues to long to be worshiped to occupy
the place that belongs to God in the mind and heart of all the creatures of
the universe, and especially of the human beings who were made in the image and
likeness of the Creator on this Earth. He has not given up on his ancient
aspirations, related in the book of the prophet Isaiah, which say: "How you fell
from the sky, O Lucifer, son of the morning! You were cut to the ground, you who
weakened the nations. You that you said in your heart: I will ascend to heaven; on
high, next to the stars of God, I will raise my throne, and on the mountain of
witness I will sit, on the north sides; I will ascend above the heights of the clouds,
and I will be like the Most High. " (Isaiah 14: 12-14). That is why he has inspired in
the minds of his satanic pagan agents of this Earth to make an imitation of the
astronomical and cosmic order established by God in heaven, from the days before
the flood. For this he has used a solar worship paganism that worships him. After
God destroyed the antediluvian generation, in Noah's time, he inspired and
perfected this type of idolatry, which imitated the true worship of God, in the
hearts of Cush, Nimrod, and Semiramis. During the days of the Tower of Babel
events, narrated in Genesis 11, he is striving to establish a New World Order on
this Earth, contrary to the World Order that God will establish, after eradicating
sin from this planet forever. He wants to receive the worship that only belongs to
God and he is obstinate in fulfilling that purpose. And many examples of this can
be seen in the pages of the story. After the Universal Flood, the descendant line of
Noah, through his son Cam, in this case the Camita race, among which were Cush,
Nimrod and other descendants, decided to disobey the divine will by uniting
under the aegis of a world empire. This company was devised by Satan. He is its
intellectual author. All this he did to prevent human beings from spreading on the
face of the entire Earth, as was the will and the divine will. So the disobedient
human beings decided to build a world empire, where the city of Babel was its
capital and as a representative symbol of its ideals and political-religious
philosophy, they agreed to build a Tower in Babel, which would be the great
wonder of the world and maximum monument of his pagan religion of solar
worship. That monarchy was created with the central objective of gradually
covering the entire planet. Thus Babel would become the main metropolis and
capital city of its dreamed global empire . Over time, many of its builders began to
live in that tower. Other parts of it were magnificently prepared and adorned in
honor of its idols. The people prided themselves on this false glory, worshiping
their false gods, challenging the Living and True God, with total collective
arrogance. God got fed up with this challenge, as he narrates it (Genesis 11: 1-6),
and with a single blow, of his divine will, annulled the stubborn purpose of its
builders, confusing their languages and creating total chaos among them. So,
suddenly, all the work stopped. The unity and harmony of its defenders was
broken. Everything turned into anger and reproach, with all kinds of claims and
scolding, saturated with expletives and curses. That union ended in fighting and
blood crimes. Until that date all human beings spoke the same language on Earth.
But a single declaration of divine will, through his Word, destroyed everything
they had managed to achieve in a century. If God had not acted in this way, the
whole world would have been corrupted, demoralized to the limit, when still
enjoying youth, after the cataclysmic events of the universal flood. According to
historical tradition, the initiator of this entire pagan project was Cus, the son of
Cam and the grandson of Noah. He was the husband of the beautiful Semiramis.
From this marriage Nimrod, who would be Noah's great-grandson, was born
along the Cam line. But after Cush's death, his son Nimrod marries his own
mother Semiramis. The fundamental objective of this sacrilegious marriage was
none other than to solidify the legacy of the false religion created by his father.
This was based on occultism, mixed with politics, and a satanic system of religion
that controlled consciences through deception. But Shem, who was Nimrod's
great-uncle, who lived 502 years after the flood, in his zeal for the glory of Jehovah,
did like the prophet Elijah with the prophets of Baal on Mount Carmel. He made
the judgment against Nimrod in full view, killing him and cutting him to pieces.
This he did to give a public warning to all who would follow his example. After
these events all the followers of Nimrod were very scared and disturbed and they
were afraid to sin in public, because they were afraid that the same thing would
happen to them. But the cunning Queen Semiramis had another subtle plan on her
mind and was determined to carry it out, whatever it took. She was not in control
of that religion , but she set out to achieve it through deception. Even though her
husband-son Nimrod had died, the Babylonian religion continued under the
leadership and leadership of Semiramis. She led her followers to believe that
Nimrod was still alive by becoming a god and that she was therefore a goddess for
being his mother and wife at the same time. Thereafter she was named "THE
QUEEN OF HEAVEN". Thus this title was given to the mother goddess in every
pagan religion in the world, after the events of the Tower of B abel, narrated in
Genesis 11. Title that the pagan religion of papal Rome has given to the virgin
Mary. In this way she turned this pagan idolatrous cult into a sophisticated system
of occult religion. In his cult everything was secret, since his initiates had to take
secret vows. All this shows that in the time of Nimrod, Semiramis and the events
of the Tower of Babel, the Secret Societies originated in our world. This is a fact
defended and demonstrated by the world Freemasonry literature itself . In a book
titled "THE MASONIC QUIZ BOOK", when asked about who Masonry believes
Nimrod was, they answer the following: "He was the son of Cush and in the old
constitutions he is referred to as one of the founders is from Freemasonry, and in
Scripture as the architect of many cities. " In the York manuscript we find: "In the
construction of the Tower of Babel there was (Nimrod) as the first of the
esteemed ... Nimrod himself was a Freemason, and he well liked the
Masons." (William O. Peterson. Editor M. Quiz Book, "Ask Me Another
Brother". Chicago Illinois. Chartes T. Powner Company 1950, p 32, 133). In
addition Arthur Edward Waite adds: "With regard to Freemasonry, Babel of course
represented a Masonic company ..." (Encyclopedia of Freemasonry and Cognate
Instituted Mysteries: Their Rites, Literature and History. Vol 1. NY, Weathervane
Books 1970 p 61). They also add the following: "It is well known that the Tower of
Babel was one of the oldest traditions of Freemasonry." (John Yarker, The Arcane
Schools: A Review of their Origin and Antiquity Whit a General History of
Freemasonry and it is Relation to the Theosophic Scientific and Philosophic
Mysteries, Belfast Ireland. William Tait, 1909 p 267). All these texts, previously
cited, have their origin in high and authoritative Masonic sources that recognize
that they are the continuing heirs of the historical Masonic legacy of Nimrod,
which emerged in the days of the construction of the Tower of Babel. But going
back to the story of what Semiramis continued, after the death of Nimrod, we can
say that she was the one with the idea of erecting the confessionals, so that she
could thus know the most intimate secrets of the people who were going to confess
before the priests initiated into the Babylonian mysteries. In this way he could
exercise powerful control over all the followers of that religious system. She saw to
it that her priests taught the people that only she as the high priestess of that
religion and her initiated priests were the only ones capable of understanding the
divine mysteries. This same teaching is in the current creed of the Catholic Church
and in the doctrinal philosophy of the Secret Societies as. Thus Semiramis and his
priests became masters of deception, magic and illusion. Monuments to Semiramis
were erected everywhere with his little son Nimrod carried in his arms. Thus in
this way they made everyone believe that she was the mother of the Sun God,
since they said that once Nimrod died he had ascended and incarnated in the Sun.
Semiramis came to be called "THE QUEEN OF HEAVEN" ", and its symbol
became the Moon. Thus Nimrod became Baal, the god of the Canaanites, and
Semiramis the moon goddess Astarte. After Nimrod's death, the cunning Queen
Semiramis becomes pregnant as a result of her relationship with a lover. But in
order to maintain over her followers the leadership and dominance of that pagan
and idolatrous religion, she invented a story full of mysticism. Semiramis said that
the Sun had performed a miracle and that she had seen him dance through her
bedroom window. She said that the Sun had performed a dance, passing
through all the colors of the rainbow, and that in the midst of these events a ray of
sunlight penetrated her room and when falling on her virginal womb, had
fertilized her, making her pregnant. She said that this was her husband Nimrod,
that he was the Sun God, and that he had miraculously incarnated in her womb.
Therefore when her son was born she stated that she was still a virgin and that
Nimrod the father kept watching from the Sun. It is curious to note that this story,
invented by Queen Semir amis, is very similar to the story of the virgin birth of
Christ about 2000 years later. All of this indicates Satan's knowledge of the Bible
regarding his prophecies. This led him to his master plan to create a false system
of pagan religion, which he transmitted to every culture in the ancient world,
thousands of years before the birth of Christ in this world. He created this false
system of worship, through an imitation of divine truth with the aim of deceiving
and confusing those who ignored the true revelation of God. This he did so that
human beings would believe that God's plan, outlined and narrated in the Bible,
was nothing more than an imitation of the Babylonian religion. This is what the
famous anthropologist James Georges Frazer tells us , in his classic book entitled:
"THE GOLDEN BRANCH". There in his pages he writes the following in reference
to this topic. As for the facts, as it seems to be from the testimony of an anonymous
Christian who wrote in the 4th or 4th century AD, his co-religionists, like the
pagans, were surprised at the striking coincidence between the death and
resurrection of their respective deities and that she gave rise to a bitter controversy
among the faithful of the rival religions : the pagans, arguing that the religion of
Christ was an imitation of that of Atis, and the Christians, assuring with similar
ardor that the resurrection of Atis it was a diabolical falsification of that of Christ.
In these unseemly disputes, it would seem to any superficial observer that the
heathen were firm in arguing that their deity was older and consequently the
original, not falsified, since it is invariable law that the original is prior to the copy;
but this argument was not easily refuted by Christians, who, admitting as truth
that, as to time, Christ e To a more modern deity, they triumphantly demonstrated
their royal antiquity by discovering the cunning of Satan who, on such an
important occasion, had overcome himself, reversing the customary order. " (James
Georges Frazer. The Golden Branch Magic and Religion. Volume II. Editorial Social
Sciences, Havana 2008. Page 8). The origin of all these anticipated falsifications
occurred from the events of the T orre de Babel and by inspiration of the satanic
majesty to Semiramis. Thus from Babel it passed into the Egyptian culture, and
from there to every pagan culture and religion of humanity, to the religious
Mithraism of the imperial pagan Roman culture. All this pagan religious tradition
was absorbed, disguised, and perfected by Papal pagan Rome, chiefly since the
days of the alleged conversion of Emperor Constantine to Christianity in the fourth
century of our Christian era. At this time the emperor cited strategically made
Christianity the official religion of the Roman Empire, with the aim of receiving
greater power and popularity. Thus, in this way, when it seemed that this action
would benefit Christianity, it only managed to corrupt it with the contamination of
pagan doctrines and traditions invading the pure Christian doctrine, taught by
Jesus and the apostles to the first century church. In this way, after three centuries
of purity and persecution, Christianity was paganized through an excessively
tolerant and compromising syncretism towards the traditions of blasphemous
paganism. This paganism has lasted until today in the historical-traditional legacy
of the religious institution of Roman Catholicism. The hystoric proof of this fact,
which places Babylon as the mother or nest of pagan religions, was not offered by
the famous historian of the ancient world named Herodotus. He was a the great
world traveler of antiquity. This allowed him the privilege of being a first-person
witness to the mystery religion and its pagan rites in different countries from
which he traveled. In his chronicles he mentions with convincing evidence how
Babylon was the original nest from which the entire world system of pagan
idolatry came . (see History of Herodotus. Her 2. p 109). Bunsen says Egypt's
religious system was derived from Asia and "from the primitive empire of Babel."
In his well-known work entitled "Nineveh and its Ruins", Layard declares that we
have the united testimony of the profane and sacred history that idolatry
generated in the Babylonian area, the oldest of the religious systems. He narrates
all this on page 440 of his volume II. Thus the story of Semiramis, Nimrod and
Tammuz, originating in Babel, was received among the Egyptians as the marriage
of Isis with Osiris and the son Horus. In this way the famous myth of Osiris was
born, which is nothing more than a parallel version of the original story emerged
in Babel. Although a little changed in some ways, this Egyptian myth was almost a
carbon copy of the mystical story invented by Semiramis, after the judgment on
Nimrod. Thus all this mysterious worship is closely related to an idolatrous
worship of the Sun. From the In the days of Babel, the worship of the Sun has been
the main element of historical-traditional worship in the cultural roots of all
idolatrous and pagan peoples of humanity. The temples dedicated to the Sun were
always characterized by their most representative symbol, which was and is the
obelisk, which alluded to the phallus of Nimrod, that is, the masculine male organ
of the son-husband of Semiramis. According to traditional history this was the
only butchered piece of Nimrod's body that Semiramis did not find when he
went searching for him. It is said that when he was thrown into the river, the fish
devoured him and that is why he did not appear. Traditional history goes on to say
that Semiramis replaced him by making a gold one in its place in the shape of an
obelisk on his grave. As he said that Nimrod was the sun god, they linked him as a
symbol of fertility, just as the male phallus is fundamental in the fertile act of
procreation of mankind, the Sun is fundamental in the development of any kind
of earthly life , making sprout the mile of the Earth. According to the famous
historian Diodorus, Semiramis erected an obelisk in the 130-foot-tall city of
Babylon. This data appears referred to in "The Encyclopedia of Religions". Vol III.
p 264. Ralph Woodrow tells us the following in his book: "There are a large
number of these old obelisks still in Egypt, although most of them have been
removed and taken to other nations. One of them is located in the central park of
New York, another in London, and many of them were transported two to
Rome! ... But not only were the obelisks symbols of the Sun, they were also
recognized as sexual symbols. Those people realized that through sexual relations
they it produced life, and for this reason -as it is known by all who have studied-
the phallus, a male reproductive organ, was also recognized (like the Sun), as a
symbol of life and, therefore, a symbol of the Sun god Hence the meaning of the
obelisk! " (Ralph Woodrow. Babylon Ancient and Modern Religious Mystery . Pp
59, 60). In open rebellion against God and His Word, the Roman Church has placed
as its main symbolic monument an obelisk in the central courtyard, in front of St.
Peter's Basilica. This event happened by order of Pope Sixtus V, on September 1,
1586. The worst of all is that this fact constitutes an open and blasphemous
challenge to the living God. This constitutes an open violation of divine will,
manifested in his Holy Word. Because some 600 years before Christ, God spoke
through the mouth and the pen of Jeremiah to his people saying the following: "He
will also destroy the statues of Bet-semes (or Heliopolis, which was the city of the
Sun in Egypt), who are in the land of Egypt, and will give to the fire the temples of
the gods of Egypt. "(Jeremiah 43:13). The Hebrew word used for image or statue in
this text is Matzebah, meaning "high images," meaning "obelisks," and it is also
used in passages such as (1 Kings 14:23, 2 Kings 18: 4 and 24:14). Of these obelisks
a number of 13, were transferred to Rome and placed in various parts of the city,
among them, the main one, was located in the central square of the courtyard of St.
Peter's Basilica. The worst thing of all is that they were brought from Egypt, in full
disobedience to the Holy Word of God. Ralph Woodrow tells us in his book: "It is
not just a copy of an Egyptian obelisk, but is the same obelisk that was worshiped
in Egypt days ago The Roman emperor Caligula, between 37 to 40 AD, did
tra nsportar this obelisk from the city of Heliopolis in Egypt, to its circus on the
hills of the Vatican, where Saint Peter's Cathedral currently lies. " (Babylon
Religious Mystery. Ancient and Modern. P 63). This same obelisk that was located
in the pagan temple of Heliopolis or Bethsemes, which was the place known as
"The City of the Sun", and became the main center of Egyptian religious paganism.
There the tradition of Babel's legacy was preserved; now he would be transferred
in total and open defiance of the divine prohibition present in (Jeremiah 43:13), to
the central courtyard of the famous St. Peter's Basilica. This is the place that the
Bible calls in (Rev. 17: 5): "Babylon the Great, the mother of harlots and of the
abominations of the Earth." This is a red granite obelisk that was moved with the
aim of placing it directly at the entrance to the Cathedral of San Pedro. As we have
said before, it was moved a short distance from the place where it had been placed
in the days of Cal igula. This happened under the supervision and direction of
a man named Doménico Fontana, on September 1, 1586 AD. Then the idol was
consecrated to the "cross", through a mass where Sixtus V pronounced a blessing
for the workers and their horses . All this appears referred to in the "Catholic
Encyclopedia", volume XIII. p 371, and in the book "Ancient Monuments of Rome",
pp 175-177. It is ironic that the Pope pronounces a blessing, reversing something
that God cursed and condemned to destruction . All these elements of the pagan
religion that was born in Babel, at the time of Nimrod and Semiramis, spread and
developed in Egypt and from there it spread to the entire world. Over time, the
historical account of Semiramis, Nimrod and Tammuz, was absorbed by the great
cultures of humanity until the days of the formation of the Roman Catholic Church
that syncretized in its beliefs all this pagan worship, with all its rituals, doctrines
and philosophy of double character, exoteric and esoteric. The first open and
manifest to the outside world as public doctrine, and the esoteric closed to the
outside world and only reserved as a private and secret doctrine for those who call
the initiates who considered themselves enlightened. All this was inspired by
Satan s, in the time of the Emperor Constantine, through his human instruments,
to seize control of the Christian world and corrupt a church that was fiercely
persecuted, for three centuries, by emperors before him. This was
the powerful anger of the evil one, in the face of the intransigence and purity of the
Christians of the first three centuries, who defended with their lives the truth
taught by Jesus to his apostles even at the cost of their own lives. They were
sustained in the promise of (Revelation psis 2:10) given to the Christian church of
the Smyrna period which said: "... Be faithful until death and I will give you the
crown of life." In the centuries that separated the foundation of Christianity until
the arrival of Constantine to the throne of Rome, mainly from the decree of Milan
in 313 AD. C, the enemy of souls rejoiced in martyrdom of millions of Christians
through the unbridled intolerance of the Roman emperors, who made themselves
worshiped as if they were God, and were the supreme pontiffs of the worship of
Mithras. History gives us the evidence of this cult practiced in Rome in total
connection with the philosophical doctrine of the Secret Societies on our planet.
Where it was first practiced was in Babel, by Nimrod, Semirami s and their
followers, initiated in their mystery worship. From there, as we have previously
said, that pagan solar worship and religious philosophy passed to the entire
Mediterranean world through the great cultures of humanity. That is to say: Egypt,
N eobabylon, Medo-Persia, Greece and finally imperial pagan Rome. But once the
papacy came into being, after the decline of the Roman Empire, from the fourth
century AD, it was used and revived secretly or esoterically, by the
famous initiates or enlightened of the solar mysteries who were as leaders hidden
within the administration of the Roman Catholic Church. Later it would be
strengthened with the creation of the order of the Knights Templar in the 12th
century AD. This Templar legacy continued from 1314 AD, with the creation of
Scottish Rite Freemasonry and perfected by Ignacio de Loyola, from the XVI with
the creation of the Company of Jesus, or the famous Jesuits. After the suppression
of the Society of Jesus in 1773 AD, they returned to the charge with the new forces
of creating the order of the Illuminati Masters, as the most powerful hidden arm of
the Loyola Society, to secretly establish their Novus Ordo Seclorum (New World
Order) in the society of the nations of the Earth. We can see the immense
connection of this secret cult with which the initiates of the Roman Empire
practiced if we only read the pages of history. With respect to the cult of Mithras
or Mithraism practiced in imperial Rome, the historian Alfred Dugan gives us
evidence of the parallel of the doctrines and beliefs of this with the doctrinal
practices of the Secret Societies in our world. He wrote the following: "Many
soldiers worshiped Mithras, a god of Persian origin, whose worship was practiced
in secret. Among his devotees different degrees of honor were given, as in present-
day Freemasonry, and reaching a higher degree meant spending money on
valuable Sacrifices. Many people in the city worshiped the Egyptian Isis, a kind
goddess who had a reputation for performing miracles to help her servants. Her
worship was also secret and mysterious. The poor peasants had many local deities,
whom they could worship without to have to make costly sacrifices, however there
was almost always at least one secret saint and sign to differentiate the elect from
the profane. Since the crucifixion, Christianity had been growing, though always
regarded with disgust by the state . Christianity has, of course, no secret doctrines.
Every Christian is encouraged to learn as much of theology as possible. " (Alfred
Dugan. Los Romanos, ed Gente Nueva. 2007. Havana, Cuba. Pp 117-118). Thus
Satan managed to roll out his masterpiece of deception by disguising or masking
paganism originating from Babel with a cloak of Christianity. He remained faithful
to his old strategy, by disguising himself as an angel of light, to ensnare the
children of God in their tyrannous sophisms . Seeing that with the martyrdom
caused to the millions of martyrs of the first three centuries of the early Christian
church at the time of the pagan Roman empire, he could not make them deny and
surrender in their faith, he decided to change his plan . He used the emperor
Constantine as an instrument of his evil power, from his "conversion" to
Christianity, to corrupt with the unequal yoke alliance the pure faith of the early
church. To achieve his goal, he inspired his Constantine servant , who was a pagan
worshiper devoted to the veneration of the Sun, who decreed Christianity cruelly
persecuted for three centuries as the official religion of the empire. From there
would arise the blasphemous union with the pagan state. All this gave rise to the
formation of the pagan religious institution of the papal system. Thus the bishop of
the city of Rome, from the days of Emperor Justinian, would become the Pope, as
the visible head of the universal Church and persecutor and corrector of heretics to
their pagan doctrines. Thus the title of Supreme Pontiff held by all the pagan sun-
worshiping emperors passed to the Bishop of Rome. In this way, the Pope became
the supreme authority of the religious mysteries of the cult that was pagan on a
global scale. From there the Roman leaders set about putting the world, like
Nimrod, at the feet of the rebellious angel. Thus they fought tooth and nail, under
the motto: "The end justifies the means.", In their central objective of
having universal supremacy, which they have not renounced since the days of
their foundation. For this they clung to almost thirteen centuries of cruel
persecution and religious deception on a global scale, martyring more than 75
million faithful children of God. Thus from the fourth century AD, until the
present time, this anti-Christian power has nested under its bosom everything
abominable of the pagan cult that arose in Babel. This is why the Bible identifies
him as "Babylon the Great, the mother of harlots and abominations of the Earth ."
So the arch-enemy of God, knowing that the throne of God is in the direction of the
Orion Constellation, has taken it upon himself, through his pagan agents, to do an
imitation of the throne of God on this Earth. He, better than anyone, knows what
is the direction to where he is and how is the throne of God in the New Jerusalem.
This he knows perfectly, because he was expelled from there, 6,000 years ago, and
definitely when Jesus died on the cross, in the year 31 AD All this he sought
because of his blasphemous aspirations of being worshiped as God being a
creature. That is why he inspired in paganism the idea of a cosmic order in his
monuments in relation to the divine throne that he longed for and longs to occupy.
So Robert Bauval is not entirely wrong in his hypothesis about the correlation of
the Giza pyramids with the three stars of the Orion belt. The fallen angel, the
ancient serpent, that nameless being inspired in the minds of his earthly subjects,
the pagan idea of copying on this Earth, through an earthly cosmic order, the
divine and heavenly order. That is why it has inspired them to manifest the
concept that says: "As above, below" Commotion of the powers of heaven Now we
will dedicate ourselves to verify, through some quotations from the Spirit of
prophecy and the Bible, how Christ will return to the Earth in the autumn time.
Ellen White, inspired by God, left three important clues in her writings, which
combined lead us to believe that Jesus must return to Earth in an October month.
Those three keys are as follows: 1. Christ must return through ORION. 2. You must
return from the EAST (East). 3. It must happen at MIDNIGHT. The first of these
quotes reads: "On December 16, 1848, the Lord gave me a vision of the commotion
of the powers of heaven. I saw that when the Lord said 'heaven' by announcing the
signs indicated by Matthew, Mark and Lucas, he meant heaven, and when he said
"earth" he meant earth. The powers of heaven are the sun, the moon, and the stars.
They rule in the heavens. The earthly powers are those that rule on earth. . The
powers of heaven will be moved at the voice of God. Then the sun, the moon and
the stars will lose their seat . They will not annihilate themselves, but they will be
moved at the voice of God. They collided with each other. The atmosphere split,
coiling backwards, and then we could see in Orion an open space where the voice
of God came from. Through that open space the holy city of God will descend. "
(Ellen White. Early Writings, p 41). She is telling us here that in Orion a space will
open in heaven where the voice of God will be heard. That event will take
place after the close of grace in our world, when the events of the partial
resurrection are taking place, during Jacob's time of trouble. In those short days,
before the coming of Christ, to raise the dead in him, during
the general resurrection , which will take place when his advent to the world
happens; the passage from (Revelation 11: 14-17) will be fulfilled. At those
moments the sky is rolled up like a scroll, opening the space through the Orion
constellation. There the voice of God will be heard as the sound of thunder,
announcing the Ten Commandments and the day and time of Jesus' coming to the
world. "Soon we heard the voice of God, similar to the noise of many waters, that
announced to us the day and hour of the coming of Jesus. The 144,000 living saints
recognized and understood the voice; but the wicked imagined that it was the
noise of thunder and earthquake. When God appointed the time, he poured out on
us the Holy Spirit, and our faces lit up with the glory of God, as happened to
Moses when he came down from Sinai "(Early Writings, p 15). "Many signs and
wonders appeared as precursor symptoms of disaster and damnation. At midnight
a strange light shone on the temple and the altar. In the clouds, at sunset, they
looked like chariots and men of war who They gathered for battle. The priests who
ministered at night in the sanctuary were terrified by mysterious noises, the earth
shook, and voices shouted, 'Let's get out of here!' The great gate to the east, which
by its enormous weight was difficult to close among twenty men, and which was
secured with formidable iron bars fixed on the hard pavement of large stones, was
opened at midnight in a mysterious way. " (Great Controversy, p 33 — Milman,
History of the Jews, book 13.) This quote from the historian Milman, presented by
Ellen White in her book Great Controversy, is but a symbolic type of the ev These
are what will happen in the moments before the second coming of Jesus to our
world. This reminds us of Jesus' prophetic words to his disciples on the Mount of
Olives. There Jesus told them that there would be no stone on stone of the Temple
of Jerusalem that would not be removed from its place. As a consequence of this
prophetic declaration of Jesus his disciples ask him a double question: "When will
these things be what sign will there be of your coming and the end of the world?"
(Matthew 24: 3). To which Jesus replied with a double response, mixed in his
prophetic words. Starting from verse 4, he explained the events that would mark
the destruction of Jerusalem in 70 AD, mixed with the events that the last
generation of Christians in this Earth would experience, before their Second
Coming in Glory and Majesty to the world. Here in this quote, taken by Ellen
White from the historian Milman, it can be seen that there is a parallel between the
events that took place in Jerusalem that night in AD 70, with the events of the
future. There we are referred to as the great East Gate (East); which is a type of the
Great Gate of the Celestial East, which is in the constellation of Orion, it was
mysteriously opened at midnight and thus Jerusalem was destroyed, because
the mysterious divine Providence allowed it. Ellen White clarifies very well the
double fulfillment of these events in the future of the history of this Earth in the
following way: "The prophecy of the Savior regarding the judgment that was going
to fall on Jerusalem will have another fulfillment, and the terrible desolation of the
first it was only a pale reflection of what the second will be. In what happened to
the chosen city, we can see the condemnation announced of a world that rejected
the mercy of God and trampled on his law. " (Great Controversy, p 40). The second
point to note here is that the coming of Christ must take place from the EAST
(East). There is a text in the prophetic announcements of Jesus, from Matthew
chapter 24, that for years the correct application of its meaning has not been given.
That biblical text is the one in verse 27 that says: "As the lightning flashes from the
east to the west, so will also the coming of the Son of man be." This biblical text has
been interpreted to say that the Second Coming of Jesus to our planet will be as
visible and audible as lightning in heaven. This is not bad, because really the
coming of Jesus will be audible and visible, but this is not the text to explain
these truths. For this, the first applications of these truths are made very clear by
the texts of (1 Thessalonians 4: 16,17 and Rev 1: 7). The first application of the
passage of the lightning bolt of (Matthew 24:27) must be other than that given so
far; and now we will explain it in a simple way. In this passage Jesus used the
literary resource of the simile. There the passage simulates the movement of
lightning that comes from the east (East) and is shown to the west (West), in the
stormy sky. If we analyze carefully the logic of these words, in them Jesus is
presenting us with a sense of directionality. The reason is simple, because when it
flashes in the sky, this natural phenomenon manifests itself in all directions. This
phenomenon of nature does not occur in a single direction of the Earth's
atmospheric sky. So we can see a definite intention of direction in the words of
Christ. Through a similarity between the lightning that crosses the sky from East to
West, this will also be his coming from east to west to our world. Therefore, in the
same way that Jerusalem was conquered by the opening of the Great East Gate in
70 AD, Jesus will return to conquer our planet, through the Great Eastern Gate,
present in the Orion constellation. Ellen White confirms this as follows: "Soon a
small black cloud appears in the east, about half the size of the palm of the hand.It
is the cloud that surrounds the Savior and that at a distance seems surrounded
byand darkness. God's people know that it is the sign of the Son of man. In silence
The liberation of the people of God solemnly contemplate it as it approaches the
earth, becoming more luminous and more glorious until it becomes a great white
cloud , whose base is like consuming fire, and on it the rainbow of the
covenant. Jesus marches forward like a great conqueror. It is no longer 'a man of
sorrows,' who must drink the bitter cup of ignominy and curse; victorious in
heaven and on earth, he comes to judge the living and the dead. 'Faithful and
truthful,' 'in justice he judges and makes war.' 'And the armies that are in heaven
followed him. "Revelation 19:11, 14 (Modern Version)." (Great Controversy, pp
698, 699). "Soon our eyes turned to the east, where a little black cloud the size of
half a man's hand had appeared, which was, as everyone understood, the sign of
the Son of Man. In solemn silence, we contemplated how it was going The little
cloud was approaching, becoming more and more splendid until it became a great
white cloud whose lower part looked like fire. Above the cloud the rainbow shone
and around it ten thousand angels fluttered singing a beautiful hymn. In the cloud
was The Son of man was sitting . His curly white hair fell over his shoulders, and
he wore many crowns on his head. His feet looked like fire, in his right hand he
had a sharp sickle and in his left he carried a trumpet of silver." (Early Writings, pp
16 , 17). The third element has to do with midnight. Here midnight is literal, and is
not referring symbolically to the spiritual midnight of this world. When we
analyze the quote from Ellen White, she makes the following clear: "God chose
midnight to set his people free. While the wicked mocked around them, the sun
suddenly appeared with all its effulgence and the moon He stood up. The wicked
were amazed at this spectacle, as the saints contemplated with solemn joy that sign
of their liberation. In rapid succession there were signs and wonders. Everything
seemed to have gone mad. The rivers stopped flowing. They appeared dense and
Dark clouds that clashed with each other. But there was a clearing of persistent
splendor from which the voice of God came like the sound of many waters shaking
the heavens and the earth. A tremendous earthquake ensued. The graves and those
who died had faith in the third angel's message and keeping the Sabbath they rose,
glorified, from their dusty beds to hear the pact of peace that God was going to
make r with those who had observed his law. " (Early Writings, p 285). Here she
makes it very clear that the liberation of God's people will be at night , since she
says that the Sun rises and the Moon stops. This means that if the Sun rises, it is
because it was not there, and if the Moon stops, it is because it was in the
sky. Therefore it is literal midnight. Here is another quote on the same subject: "It is
at midnight when God manifests his power to deliver his people. The sun rises in
all its splendor. Signs and wonders take place quickly. The wicked watch the scene
in terror and wonder, As the righteous gaze with joy at the signs of their
deliverance. The whole of nature seems disturbed. The rivers cease to flow. Black
and heavy clouds rise and collide with one another. In the midst of the heaving
skies is a clearing of indescribable glory, whence the voice of God comes down like
the noise of many waters, saying: 'It is done.' Revelation 16:17. " (CS p 694). Here I
present the annual astronomical cycle of the Orion constellation in the sky, in
terms of cardinal position and time. Let us note how the only month of the year in
which ORIO N is on the EAST and at MIDNIGHT, in heaven, is in the month of
OCTOBER. 1. JANUARY: EAST: (LEAVES: 6.00 PM), SOUTH: (CULMINA: 10.00
PM), WEST: (SETTING: 2.00 AM). 2. FEBRUARY: EAST: (EXIT: 4.00 PM), SOUTH:
(CULMINA: 8.00 PM), WEST: (SETTING: 12.00
P.M). 3. MARCH: EAST: (LEAVES: 2.00 PM), SOUTH: (CULMINA: 6.00 PM),
WEST: (SETTING: 10.00 PM). 4. APRIL: EAST: (EXIT: 12.00 M), SOUTH:
(CULMINA: 4.00 PM), WEST: (SETTING: 8.00 PM). 5. MAY: EAST: (LEAVES: 10.00
AM), SOUTH: (CULMINA: 2.00 PM), WEST: (SETTING: 6. 00 PM). 6. JUNE: EAST:
(LEAVES: 8.00 AM), SOUTH: (CULMINA: 12.00 M), WEST: (SETTING: 4.00
PM). 7. JULY: EAST: (LEAVES: 6.00 AM), SOUTH: (CULMINA: 10.00 AM), WEST:
(SETTING: 2.00 PM). 8. AUGUST: EAST: (EXIT: 4.00 AM), SOUTH: (CULMINA:
8.00 AM), WEST: ( SETTING: 12.00 M). 9. SEPTEMBER: EAST: (LEAVES: 2.00 AM),
SOUTH: (CULMINA: 6.00 AM), WEST: (SETTING: 10.00 AM). 10. OCTOBER:
EAST: (LEAVES: 12.00 PM), SOUTH: (CULMINA: 4.00 AM), WEST: (SETTING:
8.00 AM). 11. NOVEMBER: EAST: (LEAVES: 10.00 PM), SOUTH: (CULMINA : 2.00
AM), WEST: (SETTING: 6.00 AM). 12. DECEMBER: EAST: (EXIT: 8.00 PM),
SOUTH: (CULMINA: 10.00 PM), WEST: (SETTING: 2.00 AM). The path traveled
by the Orion constellation in the year is like that of the Sun and the Moon from
East to West. Analyzing the annual cycle of the Orion constellation, with respect to
its exits in the east, its highest peaks in the sky in the south, and its set in the west,
we discover something impressive in this annual positional calendar. When we
analyze the annual position of this constellation month by month , in terms of time
and space, it is worth noting that the only time of the year when Orion appears
EAST and MIDNIGHT in the sky is in the month of OCTOBER. These time and
space events do not occur in any of the other months of the year. It is curious to
note that Christ will return to this Earth, as quoted by Ellen White by Orion, by the
East, and at Midnight. Orion is closely related to the final events, after the closing
of grace for this world of sin, such as the events that occurred during the partial
resurrection of God's people, mentioned in (Daniel 12: 2). That open space in the
sky will be through the portal of the Orion constellation. From there the voice of
God will be heard , because in that direction of heaven is the habitation of
God. From there he will display the tables of the Law of the Ten Commandments
in full view of the world. From there he will proclaim, with a voice of thunder, one
by one the Ten Commandments to the ear of all the inhabitants of the Earth. From
there he will proclaim, to the ears of his remnant people, the day and hour of
Christ's coming to our world. By that same place Christ will return in his Second
Coming to our planet. Right there at the end of the millennium, he will descend
with all the redeemed in the New Jerusalem. 

 
 

CHAPTER 12 OTHER BIBLE TESTS ABOUT THE YEAR 2031

"Truly, I say to you, this generation will not pass until all this happens. Heaven
and earth will pass, but my words will not pass." (Matthew 24:34) From now on we
will present new biblical evidence confirming the date of the year 2031 AD , as the
date of the possible return of Christ to Earth. To begin we will do so through the
words of Christ, delivered in his prophetic sermon on the Mount of Olives. We are
referring to something special in the sequence of signs foretold by Christ to his
disciples on that unforgettable day. In those words we can understand that Jesus
announced the events and signs of the end in a chronological order. He did not
present the signs of the end in a disorderly way, but He placed them in a
successive order of prophetic events. Curiously, Ellen White presents this same
sequence from Matthew chapter 24, in combination with Daniel 11 and 12, in
an orderly fashion , in the last half of her book The Great Controversy. All
these events are chronologically related in chapters 37 to 43 of said book. There she
presents an expansion of chapters 10 and 11 of Daniel and 24 of Matthew. The
sequence of events of the Great Controversy is the same as that presented in
Matthew and Daniel. She does not quote that she is recounting in succession the
events prophesied in Daniel and Matthew, because she really did not know that
she was doing so when writing her book. She only writes the order of events as
God showed it to her in her visions. This fact confirms once again her prophetic
ministry as the Messenger of the Lord. In this sequence of end-time signs Jesus
spoke of one last sign that would take place just before the sign of his coming in
the clouds of heaven. This last sign, before his return, in Glory and Majesty, is the
following: "And immediately after the tribulation of those days, the sun will be
darkened, and the moon will not give its brightness, and the stars will fall from the
sky, and the powers of the heavens will be shaken.Then the sign of the Son of Man
will appear in heaven, and then all the tribes of the earth will mourn, and they will
see the Son of Man coming on the clouds of heaven, with power and great glory.
" (Mat 24:29, 30). In the chronological order of Matthew 24 Jesus refers that after the
event of the falsification of the advent of Christ, by Satan (Mat 23: 24-27), and they
have fallen the final plagues, during the time of Jacob's distress or final great
tribulation, the last sign that announces the return of Christ to Earth is a shower of
stars. Both Ellen White and her contemporaries were wrong in their day, thinking
that the signs announced by the sixth seal of (Revelation 6: 12-17), are the same as
those announced in (Matthew 24:29, 30). But they were disappointed in this
interpretation of the prophetic events of the Bible. But this in no way detracts from
Ellen White's prophetic ministry. We must keep in mind that Ellen White was
a flesh and blood human being like us, and therefore as the only infallible being
God, she was not infallible. As an imperfect human being, he had the right to be
wrong like us. We have biblical examples that show mistakes in
the ministerial life of several of God's prophets. For example, the prophet himself
Samuel was wrong, in his own human judgment, to think that the man chosen by
God, to substitute Saul for King, was Eliab. God had to rectify his error,
showing him that He did not look, as we men do, at mere outward
appearances. Another similar case happened to Nathan the prophet who, in his
human opinion, was completely convinced that David was the man chosen by God
to build the Temple in Jerusalem. He commanded David, with total conviction, but
later God has to rectify his advice, saying that David was not the chosen one, but
his son Solomon. Later it happened to the apostle Paul, who was totally convinced
that in his days Christ would return to Earth a second time, and he would be
among the living. He writes this conviction to the members of the church in
Thessalonica with the following words of hope: "For this reason we say to you in
the word of the Lord: that we who live, who will remain until the coming of the
Lord, will not precede those who slept. For the Lord Himself will come down from
heaven with the voice of command, with the voice of the archangel, and with the
trumpet of God, and the dead in Christ will rise first. Then we who are living will
be caught up together with them in the clouds to receive the Lord in the air, and
thus we will always be with the Lord. " (1 Thess 4: 15-17). But later the
apostle rectified his mistaken position regarding the establishment of the kingdom
of God in his day. So we must understand that great men of God, at the level of the
category of Samuel, Nathan, and Paul, were not infallible and could be wrong
as any human being happens to him. Although Ellen White was also a prophet, she
was human like them and us and she could also be wrong about something, as it
really happened to her. In her days she taught that Jesus would return to Earth
again, in the years of his own generation. This happened due to the incorrect
interpretation that the events of the sixth seal of Revelation 6 were the same events
mentioned in (Matthew 24:29 and 30). But these events or signs, although they
happen in the same stars, do not represent the same historical time for their
prophetic fulfillment. Let's see the mistake of his comment in equating in time and
space the events of the sixth seal with the signs of (Matthew 24:29 and 30). "The
Savior gave signs of his coming and even more than that, he fixed the time when
the first of these signs was to appear. 'And then after the affliction of those days,
the sun will darken, and the moon will not give its Light, and the stars will fall
from heaven, and the virtues of heaven will be moved. And then the sign of the
Son of man will be shown in heaven, and then all the tribes of the earth will
mourn, and they will see the Son of man who He will come upon the clouds of
heaven, with great power and glory. And he will send forth his angels with a
great trumpet blast, and they will gather his elect from the four winds, from one
end of heaven to the other. ' Christ declared that at the end of the great papal
persecution, the sun would be darkened and the moon would not give its light.
Then the stars would fall from the sky. And he says: 'From the fig tree learn the
parable: When its branch is already tender, and the Leaves are sprouting, you
know that summer is near. So also you, when you see all these things, know that it
is near, at the doors. ' Christ announces the signs of his coming . He declares that
we can know when he is near, even at the doors. He says of those who see these
signs: 'This generation will not pass, that all these things do not happen.' These
signs have appeared. We can know for sure that the coming of the Lord is near.
'Heaven and earth will pass, "he says," but my words will not pass. " (Desired of
All People. Chap 69, pp 585, 586). She and the Millerites both believed that the
biblical passage from (Matthew 24:34), which says, "This generation will not pass
until all this happens," was referring to her own generation which, in her own
words, she had seen the last sign of the sixth seal of Revelation, or of Matthew 24.
They taught that the meteor shower, which occurred on November 13, 18 33 AD,
was the last sign, for their generation, before the eminent return of Jesus to
Earth . This opinion can be found reaffirmed by her in the book The Great
Controversy as follows: "In 1833, two years after Miller had begun to present in
public the evidence of the coming coming of Christ, the last of the signs that had
been announced by the Savior as forerunners of his second advent. Jesus had said:
'The stars will fall from heaven.' Matthew 24:29 And John, receiving the vision of
the scenes that would announce the day of God, declares in the Apocalypse: The
stars of heaven fell on the earth, as the fig tree casts its figs when it is moved by a
great wind. ' Revelation 6:13. This prophecy was surprisingly and amazingly
fulfilled with the great meteoric rain of November 13, 1833. " (Great Controversy.
Chap 19, pp 380, 381). She later, in this same chapter, repeats the same conviction
in the following way: "This is how the last of the signs of his coming about which
Jesus had said to his disciples: 'When you see all these things, know that it is near,
at the gates. ' (Matthew 24:33.) After these signs, John saw that the great event that
must follow was that the sky disappeared like a book when it was rolled up, while
the earth was shaken, the mountains and the islands were moved from their
places, and the wicked, terrified, tried to hide from the presence of the Son or man.
Revelation 6: 12-17. " (Ibid. 382). Where then was the error of Ellen White and the
Adventist pioneers regarding this matter? Without the slightest doubt, we can say
that they erred as to the correct interpretation of the prophetic context of the Bible,
when linking the shower of stars of Matthew with the one announced in the sixth
seal of Revelation, as the same event regarding the time of compliance. But these
are two star showers distant by time from each other. The one in Revelation would
only start a cycle of meteor showers that would be concluded by the one
announced by Jesus from the Mount of Olives, related in the Gospel of
Matthew. Thinking that in both biblical passages they spoke of the same historical
event, in terms of time, they were mistaken. Thinking that this was so, both Ellen
White and the majority of her contemporaries assured that her generation would
not pass before the return of Christ. They firmly believed that all those who had
seen the shower of stars on November 13, 1833 AD, would not die without seeing
"the sign of the Son of man in the clouds of heaven," coming with Power and Great
Majesty. But sadly they were wrong in their sincere conclusion. In the book titled
"History of the Seventh-day Adventist Church," which was used until 2012, to
instruct students at the Adventist Theological Seminary in Havana, Cuba, on page
43, it tells us the following about This matter : "In 1874 RF Cottrell believed and
taught that those who had seen the signs of the sixth seal would not die without
seeing Jesus coming. RM Kilgore affirmed it in 1876. Jaime White did not believe
so, he said: 'Where the history is not written the Bible student should be careful to
be decisive in his claims. " Although Ellen White was his wife, he supported the
opinion of Cottrell and Kilgore, as we can see in the previous quotes from the
Great Controversy and The Desire of All People. But without a doubt they were
totally wrong, since the entire generation of Ellen White died, and from her days,
until this 2014, a century has passed, where two more generations have lived, with
a third on the couch, and Christ still He has not returned. This shows that they
were wrong in the interpretation of the Bible, regarding these events and the time
of their fulfillment, since the Bible is not contradicted nor has flaws. This mistake,
when interpreting the Bible , must teach us, once again, that our only rule of faith
and practice must be the Bible and it alone. Although we have the privilege of the
Spirit of Prophecy in our ranks as a prophetic movement of the end time, we must
understand that this should not occupy the preeminent place that corresponds to
the Word of God. This one is only subject to it. That is, the authority of Ellen
White's writings must be subordinated to the infallibility of the Bible. Our
doctrines, from their beginnings , were established on the foundations of the firm
Word of God. This happened, gradually and progressively, through the consensus
of our pioneers, who applied themselves wholeheartedly to study and constant
prayer, with the aim of understanding the will of God for them. This will never
authorize us to reject or belittle the writings of the Lord's messenger. To come to a
full understanding of the Greater Light of God's Word, we need, as a remnant
people of time or end, to lean firmly on the lesser light, brought into the church of
the end through the prolific ministry of Ellen G. White. All this we can reaffirm
much more, through the following biblical texts, which prove that the remnant
church of the end time would have in its ranks a prophetic ministry: "Then the
dragon was filled with anger against the woman; and he went to make war against
the rest of her offspring, those who keep the commandments of God and have the
testimony of Jesus Christ . " (Rev. 12:17). "I fell at his feet to worship him. And he
said to me: Look, do not do it; I am a fellow servant of yours, and of your brothers
who retain the testimony of Jesus. Worship God; because the testimony of Jesus is
the spirit of the prophecy." (Rev. 19:10 ). "I John am the one who heard and saw
these things. And after I had heard and seen them, I fell down to worship at the
feet of the angel who showed me these things. But he said to me: Look, don't do it,
because I am your fellow servant, your brothers the prophets, and those who keep
the words of this book. Worship God "(Rev. 22: 8, 9). In short: Satan is filled with
anger against the remnant church of God in the end time, which has two
distinctive characteristics, expressed in these verses, and they are that the members
of this remnant "keep the commandments of God," and "they have the testimony of
Jesus", which is nothing more than "the spirit of prophecy". The last verse, from
those quoted above, allows us to see with complete clarity that this spirit of
prophecy is what inspires our "brothers the prophets", as it did in the life and
ministerial work of Ellen White. God calls his final remnant to be the people of the
Bible, to illuminate a world that lies in darkness. Both the divine Word , canonized
in our Bible, and the message of the Spirit of prophecy, manifested in Ellen White's
prophetic ministry, were inspired by the Holy Spirit of God himself. All this
shows, as we have said before, that there are no levels or degrees of
inspiration. Both Isaiah, Daniel, Moses, and Ellen White were inspired by the same
Spirit of God, without distinction of levels of inspiration. But what we are sure of is
that the writings of Ellen White, present a rank of authority inferior to the Bible,
since these are submitted to the authority of that one. We believe that the Bible is
our highest authority. But we must feel joy and gladness guided by the lesser light,
so that when we are led through it to the Greater Light of the Word of God, we can
recognize it as our final authority of faith and practice. The remnant people of God
would never have needed the writings of Ellen White, if they had turned to study
the Bible with all their might in order to reach the measure of the standard of
Christ. Ellen White herself tells us this in the following way: "If we had dedicated
ourselves to studying the Word of God, with a desire to reach the standard of the
Bible and Christian perfection, we would not have needed testimonies" (2 Jewels of
the Testimonies, p 279). The founding pioneers of the Adventist Church
understood and taught that the message of the Philadelphia apocalyptic
church period applied to the generational historical period of its day. Uriah Smith
himself referred to it in his commentary on the book of Revelation. But they
believed that the tribulation of (Matthew 24:29) was referring to the prophetic
period of 1260 days or years that he mentions (Daniel 7:25). And that after that
would happen the events of the falling of the stars mentioned, in the Sixth Seal of
Revelation and (Matthew 24:29 and 30). Those 1260 years were the time of
persecution by Papal Rome against the Christian saints of God. T his period began
in AD 538, and ended in AD 1798. They believed and taught that this was the
tribulation period, mentioned in (Matthew 24:29 and 30). But in the immediate
context, at the mention of this tribulation period, the starfall and the appearance of
the sign of Christ's advent in the clouds of heaven are chronologically spoken . For
this reason they thought that the shower of stars in 1833 AD, after 1798 AD, when
the time of papal supremacy ended, was the last sign before Jesus returned to
Earth. But there, too, the Millerites and pioneers of Adventism were mistaken in
thinking that this period of tribulation, mentioned in Matthew 24, was the time of
papal supremacy and persecution, against the people of the saints, during the
centuries of the Middle Ages. But that tribulation is the one mentioned in (Daniel
12: 1), and it is that of Jacob's time of trouble, which occurs after the close of
grace. Although the Millerites correctly identified themselves as the apocalyptic
Church of Philadelphia, they failed to perceive that their generation would die
before the final great tribulation occurred. This was reflected in the message to the
church in Philadelphia as follows: "Because you have kept the word of my
patience, I will also keep you from the hour of trial that is to come upon the entire
world, to test those who dwell on the earth "(Rev. 3:10). According to this Spirit-
directed message to the sixth church in Philadelphia , we can clearly understand
that the generation of pioneers who suffered the disappointment was promised to
be delivered from the hour of tribulation that would come "upon the whole
world." That is, from the time of Jacob's trouble or final tribulation. Therefore , the
prophetic signs of the sixth seal, present in (Revelation 6: 12-17), are not the same
regarding the prophetic time that it indicates (Matthew 24:29 and 30). But we know
that the last mentioned sign, in the prophetic historical chronology of Matthew 24,
is a shower of stars like that of the sixth seal, which occurred in 1833. Therefore the
question we must ask ourselves is the following: When is it to be fulfilled? the
shower of stars announced in Matthew 24, if this is not the same one that closed
the ast ronomic signs of the sixth seal? The answer can be found in astronomy
itself. It turns out that this shower of stars from (Revelation 6:12, 13), although it is
not the same recorded in the Gospel of Matthew, if it is closely related to that of
November 1, 1833 AD But it turns out that that shower of stars of the year 1833,
marked the beginning of a cycle of star (or meteorite) showers, which repeats with
an exact frequency of 33 years. This meteor shower comes from the direction of the
constellation of Leo, that is why this meteor or star shower is known as the one of
the Leonids. But when we calculate the meteor showers that have occurred up to
the present, from the first one, which occurred in 1833, we have a total result of
six. The sixth and last one happened in 1998, but it is curious that the next one, in
33 years, from that date, must happen in the year 2031 AD. It is no coincidence that
the 6000 years of sin culminate in the year that happens to the next meteor
shower. We must keep in mind that 7 is the number that represents God. This
number is a symbol of the perfection of something finished in its fullness without
the need for an addition. Let's see below the sequence of the years of this star
shower cycle started in 1833, and which should end in 2031 AD 1. YEAR 1833 AD +
33 YEARS = 1866 AD 2. YEAR 1866 AD + 33 YEARS = 1899 AD 3 YEAR 1899 AD +
33 YEARS = 1932 AD 4. YEAR 1932 AD + 33 YEARS = 1965 AD 5. YEAR 1965 AD +
33 YEARS = 1998 AD 6. YEAR 1998 AD + 33 YEARS = 2031 AD 7. YEAR 2031 AD
Therefore, everything seems to indicate that on the date of the seventh starfall,
coinciding with the end of the 6000 years of sin on Earth, it is the precise moment
of the fulfillment of the last of the signs of Matthew 24, the which is the anteroom
that announces the appearance of the sign of the return of Christ in the clouds of
heaven. So here we have yet another Biblical proof that confirms the year 2031 AD,
as the time when Christ's return to Earth will take place. If all these calculations are
correct, as we hope, everything seems to indicate that the antitypical year of the
Feast of the Harvest or Tabernacles, which represents the return of Christ to Earth
for the Second time, will be in the fall of the year 2031 AD. Now we will analyze as
a second biblical proof of Christ's return to Earth in the year 2031 AD, the
symbology present in the Simchat Torah that occurred during the celebration of
the Feast of Taber Naculi or Sukkot. As we have previously said, God has a
"GREAT TIME CLOCK", where he has marked the prophetic events that concern
the people of God.
Ellen White related it this way: "On the same day 'appointed by the divine
promise,' all the armies of Jehovah of the land of Egypt allied. 'Thus also was
determined in the heavenly council the hour in which Christ was to come And
when the great clock of time struck that hour, Jesus was born in Bethlehem. 'When
the time had come, God sent his Son "(DTG p 23). But this God Time Clock has a
6000 year ratio to our twelve hour clock. That is, each hour of God's 6,000-year
prophetic clock equals 500 years of our human history. Or so that they can
understand more clearly: if we take the 6000 years of sin, and divide it by the
twelve hours of our clock, it would give us a figure of 500 years for each hour. In
other words, every minute on our watch equals a century of history. Therefore, the
60 minutes that a complete turn in the circumference of our watch is equivalent to
60 centuries. So when we multiply them by the hundred years each century has, it
would give us the total number of 6000 years. During the time of this Feast of
Tabernacles the readings of the annual portions of the Torah or Pentateuch came to
a close. This was called in Hebrew "Simchat Torah". All of this had great prophetic
significance for God's people. The complete meaning of each symbol of this
seventh festival, and its antitypical fulfillment, is something that we have analyzed
during the years of the existence of our movement in a very superficial
way. Unfortunately, we have stopped in history and in prophecy, emphasizing
mainly the prophetic historical fulfillment of the symbols of the sixth feast of the
Day of Atonement, which began its fulfillment on October 22, 1844 AD If we do
not analyze in detail the symbols of this seventh party, it is because we have not
seriously thought about the importance of its fulfillment regarding the event and
time, as happened with the six that preceded it. I think that the people of God
should be called to attention on this matter, since it is present truth for our
days. Now what is Simchat Torah, or rather the Torah portion? This is basically
taking the entire Pentateuch (the first 5 books of the Bible), and dividing it into
portions that are read weekly until the entire Torah is read in its entirety. That is
called Simchat Torah. This is the end of the annual Torah portion reading and
again its reading is renewed. This event of the last portion reading coincided with
the days of the feast of Sukkot or Tabernacles, which was the seventh and last of
the annual feasts of the religious calendar of Israel. This was the end of the Torah
and its reading had to be renewed from the beginning every time the entire Torah
was concluded. That is to say that after Simchat Torah the Jews began reading the
Pentateuch in weekly portions again from the beginning. This happened year after
year, uninterruptedly. Then cyclically everything started again from the
beginning. Is this pure coincidence, or is there something to be revealed there in
relation to God's prophetic calendar? God wants to tell us, through this, that there
is something that must be renewed. He tells us that something is going to happen
or be born again and it will be rebuilt to its original state. This means that
something past is going to repeat itself in history. When we finish reading the
Torah in (Deutéronomio 34:12), and return to the beginning of the Bible, we find
the glorious text of Genesis 1: 1 that says: "In the beginning God created the
heavens and the earth" . And this is what will happen again in our prophetic
Simchat Torah. God will rebuild new heavens and a new earth as Isaiah tells us in
his book, Peter in his universal letter and John in Revelation: "For behold, I will
create new heavens and a new earth; and of the former there will be no memory,
nor the more will come to mind. But you will rejoice and rejoice forever in the
things that I have created; for behold, I bring joy to Jerusalem, and to her people or
joy. And I will rejoice with Jerusalem, and rejoice with my people; and the voice of
weeping will never be heard in her, nor the voice of crying. "(Isaiah 65: 17-19). "But
the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in which the heavens will pass
by with a great noise, and the burning elements will be destroyed, and the earth
and the works that are in it will be burned. Since all these things have if they are
undone, how can you not walk in a holy and pious way of living, waiting and
rushing for the coming of the day of God, in which the heavens, being lighted, will
be undone, and the elements, being burned, will melt! But we wait, according to
his promises, new heavens and a new earth, in which justice dwells. Therefore,
beloved ones, while waiting for these things, diligently try to be found by him
without spot and blameless, in peace . "(2Pe 3: 10-14). "I saw a new heaven and a
new earth; for the first heaven and the first earth passed away, and the sea no
longer existed. And I John saw the holy city, the new Jerusalem, descending from
heaven, of God, arranged as one wife dressed for her husband. And I heard a great
voice from heaven saying: Behold the tabernacle of God with men, and he will
dwell with them, and they will be his people, and God himself will be with them
as their God. God every tear from their eyes, and there will be no more death, no
more crying, no crying, no pain, because the first things happened. "(Rev. 21: 1-
4). These events were to coincide during the last and most glorious annual
celebration, which was the solemn feast of Tabernacles. It is curious to note the
sequence of numbers seven combined on this holiday. Let us now see this
sequence, which was not established by chance, but that God had a purpose for us
in all this symbolism. The Feast of Tabernacles or Sukkot was the SEVENTH
FESTIVAL of the year, it occurred on the SEVENTH MONTH, it was celebrated
during SEVEN DAYS and during the SEVENTH FULL MOON of the
year. Technically this was a 7- day party with an extra day added to it, which was
technically separated as a new holiday. The celebration of this holiday is very
remarkable for the number of times that God uses the number 7 in it. As we
already said 7 is the number that represents God and symbolizes perfection, or the
fullness of something finished. Therefore we are under obligation to find out the
purpose for which God established it in this way. Every holiday is symbolically
connected with 1000 years of time each. This is the great week of time on God's
prophetic clock. Peter mentions this detail of God's time, in relation to our human
time, in the following way: "But, beloved, do not ignore this: that with the Lord
one day is like a thousand years, and a thousand years like one day". (2Pe 3:
8). God chose 7 days, plus an eighth with great purpose. He chose 7 days because
this represents 7 millennia, which is the sum of the 6000 of sin in our world,
represented by the first six days of the week, plus the millennium, mentioned in
Revelation 20, which is a symbol of the rest of the seventh day weekly. And the
separation from the great eighth day represents the glorious time of the renewal of
all things in the universe. Right at the beginning of this period God will destroy sin
and sinners of the universe forever and will call into existence new Heavens and
new Earth. And thus we will be for the endless centuries of eternity dwelling with
Him and He dwelling with us , because He will extend his Tabernacle over us
forever. From that moment on, planet Earth will become the capital and Metropolis
of the entire universe. The Holy City will descend on the Mount of Olives because
this was the place from where Christ ascended, after his resurrection: "And having
said these things, when they saw it, he was lifted up, and received a cloud that hid
it from his eyes And while they were with their eyes fixed on heaven, while he was
leaving, behold, two men in white robes stood next to them, and they also said to
them: Galilean men, why are you looking at heaven? This same Jesus, who has
been taken from you to heaven, will come as you have seen him go to heaven.
Then they returned to Jerusalem from the mount called the Olive Grove, which is
near Jerusalem, on the way to a Sabbath day " . (Acts 1: 9-12). This is stated by
Zacharias and John the apostle when they say: "Behold, the day of Jehovah is
coming, and your spoil will be distributed among you . Afterwards Jehovah will
go out and fight with those nations, as he fought on the day of battle. And on that
day his feet will be established on the Mount of Olives, which is in front of
Jerusalem to the east, and the Mount of Olives will split in the middle, east and
west, making a very large valley; and half of the mountain will turn north, and the
other half south. And you will flee to the valley of the mountains, because the
valley of the mountains will reach Azal; you will flee in the way that you fled
because of the earthquake in the days of Uzziah king of Judah, and the Lord my
God will come, and with him all the saints. And it shall come to pass in that day,
there shall be no light, neither dark, It shall be a day, which is known of the Lord,
which shall be neither day nor night , but it will happen that at nightfall there will
be light. On that day, living waters will leave Jerusalem, half of them towards the
eastern sea, and the other half towards the western sea, in summer and
winter. And Jehovah will be king over all the earth. In that day Jehovah will be
one, and his name one. "(Zech 14: 1, 3 to 9)." When the thousand years are up,
Satan will be released from his prison, and will go out to deceive the nations that
are in the four corners of the earth, Gog and Magog, to reunite them for battle; the
number of which is like the sand of the sea. And they went up on the breadth of
the earth, and surrounded the camp of the saints and the beloved city; And fire
came down from God from heaven and consumed them. And the devil
who was deceiving them was thrown into the lake of fire and brimstone, where the
beast and the false prophet were; and they will be tormented day and night for
ever and ever. And I saw a great white throne and the one sitting on it, from whose
face the earth and the heaven fled away, and no place was found for them. And I
saw the dead, great and small, standing before God; and the books were opened,
and another book was opened, which is the book of life; And the dead were judged
for the things that were written in the books, according to their works. And the sea
gave up the dead that were in it; and death and Hades gave up the dead that were
in them; and each one was judged according to his works. And death and Hades
were thrown into the lake of fire. This is the second death . And he who was not
found inscribed in the book of life was thrown into the lake of fire. "(Rev. 20: 7-15).
There is a fourth Biblical proof, which I found in an anonymous YouTube video on
the Internet, titled: "Satan knows the year of Christ's coming : 2031." In this video,
its authors demonstrate, through the biblical passages of (Luke 4:16 to 21) and
(Isaiah 61: 1, 2), that Jesus will return in the year 2031 AD. They use the Exhaustive
Concordance of the Strong's Bible, on page 455, discovering the literal meaning of
the Hebrew Scriptures that Christ read, on that occasion, in reference to the term
"the year pleasing of the Lord. "Let's look at both passages and make a comparison
between the two." He came to Nazareth, where he had been raised; and on the
Sabbath he entered the synagogue, according to his custom, and rose to read. And
he was given the book of the prophet Isaiah; And having opened the book, he
found the place where it was written: The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because he
has anointed me to bring good news to the poor; He has sent me to heal the
brokenhearted; To proclaim liberty to the captives, And sight to the blind; To
release the oppressed; To preach the pleasant year of the Lord. And rolling up the
book, he gave it to the minister, and sat down; and everyone's eyes in the
synagogue were fixed on him. And he began to say to them: Today this Scripture
has been fulfilled before you. "(Luke 4: 16-21)." The Spirit of Jehovah the Lord is
upon me, because Jehovah anointed me; He has sent me to preach good news to
the depressed, to bandage the broken-hearted, to publish freedom for the captives,
and to open prison prisoners; to proclaim the year of Jehovah's goodwill, and the
day of vengeance of our God; to comfort all the mourners; "(Isa
61: 1,2). 8138 . ָ‫ָָנהָ ָנ‬ ‫ ׁש‬shana; prim root; fold, ie duplicate (lit. or fig.); by
impl. transmute (trans. or intr.): - change, change, demude, different, disguise,
disclose, move, again, pay, pervert, repeat, second hit.8139 . ָ‫ָָנהָ ָנ‬ ‫ ׁש‬shená (cald.); corr
esp. to 8142: - dream.8140 . ‫ָָנ ָהנָ ָה‬ ‫ ׁש‬shena (cald.); corresp. to 8141: —year.ָ8141 . ָ ָ‫ָָנ‬ ‫ׁש‬
shané (only in plur.), Or (fem.)ָ‫ָָנהָ ָנ‬ ‫ׁש‬ shana; out of 8138; year (as a revolution of
time): —anually, year, consecutive, age, space, time. or; shena 8142.‫ׁש‬ ָ‫נָ ָנ‬ ‫הָנָ ָ ָה‬ ‫ׁש‬
‫ה‬ shena (Ps 127.2); of 3462; sleep, sleep: —sleep, rest, sleep.ָ 8143 ַּ  . ָ‫ָָהנָ ָהנ‬ ‫ִׁ םהׁש‬ ‫ה‬
shenabbim; of 8127 and plur. apart of a word by .; prob. d iente of elephant ivory
tusk ie: -worked ivory.8144 .‫ׁש‬ ‫ ָםנָ ָה‬shani; right uncertain crimson, prop. the insect or
its color, also a thing dyed with it: —antimony, crimson, scarlet, maroon,
pomegranate, purple.‫ם נה‬ ‫ׁש‬ . Sheni 8145; out of 8138 ; prop. double, ie second; also
adv. again: —again, second, -a, successor, other, -a.8146 . ‫ָהִָָנִָָׁםהָםה‬ ‫ ׂש‬sani; of
8130; hated: - hated.8147 . ָ‫ם ִָ ִָָׁנ‬ ‫ׁש‬ shenayim; dual 8145; fem.‫ם‬ ‫ ָה‬ ‫ׁש‬
‫ה‬ shettayim; two; also (as ord.) double: —both, double, twelve, twelfth, two, two
hundred, twelfth, two thousand, even, second, twice, twenty thousand. . ‫ ִִָָָׁםִָָׁםנָנ ָהנָ ָה‬ ‫ׁש‬
8148 shenina; of 8150; somewhat pointed, ie derision, mockery: - mockery,
derision, saying. We must keep in mind that when Christ read that prophetic
passage he did so in the Hebrew language, since it was one of the scrolls of the Old
Testament Hebrew Scriptures that were present in every Jewish synagogue. Luke
himself specifies that it was the scroll from the book of the prophet Isaiah. But in
that reading of Jesus we must notice something truly significant, and it is in
relation to that in his reading He did not complete the reading of verse 2 of chapter
61 of Isaiah. Therefore the reading of the Isaiah passage was unfinished about
Jesus. He knew very well what he was doing at the time. We must remember that
Jesus Himself referred that that Scripture was of prophetic meaning, regarding his
ministry. But he only referred to the first part of the biblical passage, because it was
the one that had to do with the prophetic fulfillment of his redemptive ministry at
his first coming. This announced "the pleasant year of the Lord", which would take
place 3 and a half years after that moment. This year was AD 31, when he was
to die to vindicate the Father's character before the universe, and redeem with his
own blood every sinner who repentantly accepted the redemptive merits of his
altruistic sacrifice. There Christ did not quote the final part of verse 2 of
Isaiah s chapter 61 , which said: "and the day of vengeance of our God", because
that event would not happen in the days of his first coming, but during the events
of his Second Coming to this Earth, and it would be out of historical context to
quote that part on that occasion. This shows that Christ knew perfectly well what
he was doing in reading this prophetic passage from Isaiah in this way. Now we
will make an analysis of the double meaning of the Hebrew word "year", present in
the Isaiah passage, in relation to the double ministry of Jesus. These meanings
should be applied at his first and second coming. For that we will use the
meanings of the Hebrew word "year" used in that text, and of all its related words
within the same family. These have been discussed on page 455 of Strong's Biblical
Concordance. These are the ones we mentioned earlier and they go from 8138 to
8148. It is impressive to note the double prophetic meaning of this Hebrew word in
the relationship of the two phases of the ministry of Christ, during his first coming
and his second advent to Earth . Now I invite you to a two-part analysis of the
meaning of this Hebrew word, according to Strong's Concordance. ⦁ FIRST
COMING: "Sleep, sleep: - sleep, rest, sleep. Ivory tusk: - ivory. The insect or its
color, also dyed with it: —antimony, crimson, (thread) scarlet, garnet,
pomegranate, purple Abhorred: —haunted. Something pointy, scorn, mockery: —
mock, scorn, saying. " Each word of these that refer to "the Lord's pleasant year"
was fulfilled in the vicarious death ministry of Christ at the 31st AD Passover. We
could summarize its meaning as follows: "In 'the Lord's pleasant year ', which was
on AD 31 , our Lord slept the dream of death, resting in the grave. He was resistant
like ivory to sin, temptation and even to the suffering of death itself that caused
him to spill His purple blood in our favor. But after being hated by all with
ridicule, mockery, derision, and meanings of evil, He was pierced by thorns, nails,
and pointed spear. " Undoubtedly, all this is the fulfillment of the passage of
(Isaiah 53: 1-12), which spoke of Jesus as a suffering servant in the following way:
"Who has believed our announcement? And on whom has the arm been
manifested from Jehovah? He shall come up like a branch before him, and as the
root of dry land: there is no appearance in him, no beauty; we shall see him, but
without attractiveness to desire him. Despised and rejected among men, a man of
sorrows, experienced in brokenness, and as we hid his face from him, he was
despised, and we did not esteem him. He certainly bore our diseases, and suffered
our pains, and we considered him to be scourged, wounded of God, and beaten.
But he was wounded by our rebellions, crushed by our sins, the punishment of our
peace was upon him, and by his stripes we were healed. "All of us went astray like
sheep, each one turned aside for his way; but Jehovah laid on him the sin of us all.
Anguished he, and afflicted, did not open his mouth; as a lamb he was taken to the
slaughterhouse; and like a sheep before his shearers, he fell silent, and did not
open his mouth. By jail and by trial he was removed; and his generation, who will
count it? Because he was cut off from the land of the living, and by the rebellion of
my people he was wounded. And he laid his grave with the wicked, but was with
the rich in his death; Although he never did a curse , there was no deception in his
mouth. With all that, Jehovah wanted to break him, subjecting him to suffering.
"When you have put your life atonement for sin, you will see lineage, you will live
for long days, and the will of Jehovah will be in your hand prosperous. You will
see the fruit of the affliction of your soul, and you will be satisfied; by your
knowledge you will justify My righteous servant will many, and he will bear their
iniquities. Therefore, I will give him a share with the great, and he will divide the
spoil with the strong, because he poured out his life to death, and was reckoned
with sinners, having led the sin of many, and prayed for by transgressors. " The
second part of the meanings are related to the final part of verse 2 Isa 61 and Christ
not read that day and n Nazareth synagogue. This is the part of "the year [...] and
the day of vengeance of our God", which will take place during the year of Christ's
second advent to Earth in Glory, Power and Majesty. Now let us analyze the other
Hebrew meanings of this family of words, in relation to the events of the second
advent of Jesus to our world. ⦁ SECOND COMING: "Double, double (lit. or fig.).
Again, pay, repeat, second hit. Double, second; also adv. Again: —again. Dual,
two; also double: - both , double, two thousand, even, second, twice ". From these
meanings we can deduce that "the year [...] and the day of vengeance of our God"
(Isaiah 61: 2), happens at the moment of Christ's Second Coming to Earth. But that
moment signifies the repetition of the blow to the enemy of Christ, who is Satan.
Already at his first coming, he gave him a first blow by incarnating himself, living
without sin, dying, rising, ascending and beginning his intercessory work in the
heavenly sanctuary during the Passover of the year AD 31. He thus crushed his
head to the serpent, as it says (Gen 3:15). But when you return to Earth a second
time, after finishing your intersection, it will hit your head again, again, a second
time. This time it will be the final consummation and he will make everyone pay
according to the fruit of his works (Rev 22:11). But the most curious thing of all is
that the word year also means two thousand in Hebrew. This would bring us back
to the figure for the year 2031 AD. If we calculate that a second coup will occur ,
two thousand years after the first, which occurred in 31 AD. C., we would again
reach the year 2031 d. C. The fifth Biblical test to prove the importance of the year
2031 AD, in the prophetic calendar of God, can also be found in relation to the
Biblical passages previously analyzed. The language of Isaiah 61 and Luke 4 have a
very strong relationship with the celebration of the jubilee. But it is curious that we
note that the great jubilee celebration, after 49 years, coincided with a sabbatical
year, but at the same time the time chosen for its celebration had to be during the
Feast of Tabernacles. This is ordered in (Deut 31: 10-13) as follows: "And Moses
commanded them, saying: At the end of every seven years, in the year of
remission, at the Feast of Tabernacles, when all will come Israel to appear before
Jehovah your God in the place that he chooses, you will read this law before all
Israel in their ears. You will gather the people, men and women and children, and
your foreigners who are in your cities, to hear and learn, and fear Jehovah your
God, and be careful to fulfill all the words of this law; and their children who did
not know, hear, and learn to fear Jehovah your God for all the days that you live
on the earth where you go over the Jordan to take possession of it. " None of this is
by chance. Everything in the Bible is, has been established with a purpose defined
by divine inspiration. The fact that the jubilee, which was to be celebrated after
seven weeks of years, coincided with a seventh year of Sabbath rest is not a
coincidence. Much less chance is that it should be celebrated during the time of the
seventh and last annual feast of Tabernacu los or Sukkot, which had to be
celebrated for seven days, during the seventh month of the year, at the time of the
seventh annual full moon. Here, in all this, you can continue to observe an
incredible sequence of numbers sevens. Let's see what the Bible commands us in
all this incredible symbolism. "If you buy a Hebrew servant, he shall serve six
years; but on the seventh he shall be free, for nothing." (Exo 21: 2). "And you shall
count seven weeks of years, seven times seven years, so that the days of the seven
weeks of years will come to be forty-nine years. Then you will blow the trumpet
loudly in the seventh month on the ten days of the month; the On the day of
atonement you shall cause the trumpet to sound throughout your land. And you
shall sanctify the fiftieth year, and proclaim liberty in the land to all its inhabitants;
that year shall be a jubilee year for you, and each of you shall return to your
possession, and each one will return His family will be jubilee in the fiftieth year;
you shall not sow, nor reap what is born of it on the earth, nor will you harvest its
vineyards, because it is jubilee; it shall be holy to you; you shall eat the produce of
the earth. Jubilee you will each return to your possession. " (Lev 25: 8-13). From all
this we can come to the following conclusion: When these passages from
Holy Scripture speak of "freedom for the captives," they are referring to a
Sabbatical year (see Exo 21: 2; Deut 15: 1, 12). They also represent the jubilee years
(Lev 25: 8-16), where all debts were forgiven and freedom was returned to
all studs. According to Luke, Jesus quoted this text to define the meaning and
purpose of his mission. Let us remember that Christ's mission was sabbatical to
bring God's rest to a world sick with his own works. He began his ministry on a
Saturday as the Bible says : "He came to Nazareth, where he had been brought up;
and on the Sabbath he entered the synagogue, according to his custom, and got up
to read. And he was given the book of prophet Isaiah; and having opened the
book, he found the place where it was written: The Spirit of the Lord is upon me,
because he has anointed me to bring good news to the poor; he has sent me to heal
the brokenhearted; to proclaim liberty to the captives, and to the sight of the blind,
to release the oppressed, to preach the Lord's acceptable year "(Luke 4: 16-19). But
it was completed by a day of preparation, prior to the seventh-day Saturday, three
and a half years after it had been started. Let's see what Luke himself tells us about
this: "And removing it, he wrapped it in a sheet, and put it in an open grave on a
rock, in which no one had yet been laid. It was the day of preparation, and the
Sabbath was about to begin. And the women who had come with him from Galilee
also followed, and saw the grave, and how his body was laid. And they turned and
prepared aromatic spices and ointments, and rested on the Sabbath , according to
the commandment. "(Luke 23: 53-56). Therefore: the year 31 d. C., it was "the
pleasant year of the Lord". That was the jubilee year that Christ was announcing
when he began his ministry, according to Luke 4. In that year, with his death on
the cross of Calvary, the year of redemption and liberation for those who were
enslaved from sin in our world was completed. . That was a special jubilee year
for God's people. But you may wonder what does this have to do with the year
2031 d. C? Now we will see their relationship, because according to the Bible, the
jubilee should be celebrated every 50 years. If the year 31 of JC, was the central
jubilee in the total of 6000 years of sin that our world must endure, and the created
universe, and these should be celebrated every 50 years, then the next jubilee
would be 81 AD So if we continue calculating from fifty to fifty, from the year 31 of
JC, until the present time and in future years we would be jumping from century
to century for its years 31 and 81. Therefore the last jubilee that happened recently
was the year 1981 AD, but it is not by chance that the next jubilee will be in 2031
AD. But the most curious thing in all this is that if we do this calculation in a
regressive or decreasing way, from the year 31 of JC, when we subtracted fifty
years back we arrived at year 20 BC When this calculation is followed, in
descending order, we arrive at the year 70 BC If we do it successively, in each
century, before Christ was born, according to our Gregorian calendar, he would
make us jump from fifty to fifty for all the Years ended in 20 and 70. All this would
take us to 3970 BC, as the closest date to 4004 BC. C., which was when the creation
of Adam and Eve happened. From this year we cannot go to another jubilee,
because it would drag us to the year 4020 BC, and this is impossible because it
would be 16 years before the creation in 4004 BC Curiously, it was in this year
3970 BC, the date of the fall of Adam and Eva, and the moment when the first
jubilee was celebrated. There they were given the promise of (Gen 3:15), and the
first little lambs they were clothed with were put to death to cover their nakedness.
All of this was a symbol of Christ's redemptive justice that set them free from the
bondage of sin. So we can say that from the year 3970 BC, the date of the fall into
sin of our first parents, until the year 31 JC, 4000 years of sin passed, with 80 jubilee
years included. But from the 31 of JC, until the last jubilee, fulfilled in 1981 AD,
1950 more years of sin have passed. Therefore, starting in 1981, 50 more years are
missing to complete the figure of 2000 years of sin. When these are added to the
first 4,000, it gives us the number of 6,000 years of sin. Therefore and others 6000
years of sin have 120 jubilee years included. So 120 jubilees, multiplied by 50 years
of each jubilee, would take us to the figure of 600 0 years. Therefore, from 1981 AD,
until 2014, a period of 33 years has elapsed. Therefore, the next jubilee will be
fulfilled in the year 2031 AD, in just 17 more years, from this year 2014. In that year
there will be the great final and historical jubilee that will give the final freedom to
the people of God, and that It was announced by the prophet Daniel in the
following way: "At that time Miguel, the great prince who is on the side of the sons
of your people, will arise ; and it will be a time of anxiety, which has never been
since there were people until then; but in that time your people will be freed, all
those who are found written in the book. " (Dan 12: 1). The sixth Biblical evidence
that we will present on this occasion refers us back to the year 2031 AD , as the key
date related to the events of the Second Coming of Christ to Earth. It is related to
the following verse in the Bible: "Truly I tell you, this generation will not pass until
all this happens." (Mat 24:34). Since Jesus announced these prophetic words, in
response to the question of his disciples, in the spring of that year 31 BC, from the
summit of the Mount of Olives have been many generations of Christians who
thought they would be his generac ion the one referred to in those words of Jesus.
But all these historical generations passed, one by one, and Christ has not yet
returned to planet Earth. So the question we must ask ourselves now is the
following: What generation did Cris refer to when Jesus spoke those prophetic
words? Some generation must meet this requirement, since Christ cannot lie. As he
himself said: "Heaven and earth will pass, but my words will not pass." If we
carefully analyze the underlying meaning of this phrase of Jesus: "this generation
will not pass until all this happens.", We can distinguish in it a message that urges
us to calculate a defined period of time. For this we should only find out two
things that Jesus himself led us to investigate in those wise words. The first thing
that prompts us to find out that phrase is how long a generation should last.
Secondly, it motivates us to investigate when this generation should begin to live
in history. If we analyze carefully it will not be difficult for us to find out the
answer to both questions. The first thing we must do is contextualize this
generation, in the precise prophetic historical framework to which Christ was
referring. In other words, Jesus' own words will show us from where and until
when we should frame the period of this final generation. According to the general
context of Jesus' words, this generation would be the one that would have to see
and live, in his days, the one hundred percent fulfillment of the signs of Matthew
chapter 24. The first of all these signs was the following: "And you will hear of
wars and rumors of wars; see that you are not troubled, for all this must happen;
but it is not yet the end. For a nation will rise against the nation, and kingdom
against kingdom, and there will be plagues, and famines, and earthquakes in
different places. And all this will be the beginning of pain. " (Mat 24: 6-8). And the
last of the signs is the star shower. There the Bible says the following: "And
immediately after the tribulation of those days, the sun will be darkened, and the
moon will not give its brightness, and the stars will fall from the sky, and the
powers of the heavens will be moved. the sign of the Son of Man in heaven,
and then all the tribes of the earth will mourn, and they will see the Son of Man
coming on the clouds of heaven, with power and great glory "(Matthew 24:29, 30).
Many will wonder now that how it is possible to mark in the history of humanity
the initial moment of the first sign referring to wars and rumors of war, if
humanity, since the days of the Roman Empire, in the time of Jesus, has debated in
countless wars and many rumors of them. Even if we forget all the wars that
have happened, from the days that Christ announced that prophecy, we could not
ignore the two world wars that happened in the 20th century. The first from 1914
to 1918, and the second from 1940 to 1945. The first involved 34 countries, with a
total of 10 million human beings dead. In the second, the number of belligerent
countries was almost double, that is, 73 countries, with a final balance of 50 million
victims. Who can ignore those facts? I think no one even if they wanted to. But
since the end of the Second World War, more than a generation of human beings
has passed and Christ has not yet returned a second time. All this indicates that the
date that begins the count of the last generation must be a later than that of the
Second World War. But before we can define the date that marks the beginning of
this last generation that would see all the signs of Matthew chapter 24 fulfilled in
his day, we need to define the time that a generation should last. For this we
must know that the maximum number of years that a human being can last is a
general average of 120 years. This data can be confirmed in the section called "Hilo
Directo" of the newspaper "Granma", the main official body of the Republic of
Cuba , dated Thursday, August 15, 2013. This article was taken from Prensa Latina
and read as follows : "A Bolivian peasant is 123 years old according to data from
the Civic Registry Service of La Paz, which makes him the oldest man in the world.
The old man named Carmelo Flores Laura lives in a remote community in the
northern province of Omasuyos and is in 17 years the Spanish Salustiano Sánchez,
recognized by the Guinness Book of Records as the longest-lived person, at 112.
On July 23, the Guinness recognized the Spanish in that category, after the death of
the Japanese Jiroemon the previous month. Kimura, 116, who held the record,
despite being also younger than the Bolivian. " (PL). Therefore a human being the
most he can know his ancestors or descendants is up to the third or fourth
generation, say great-grandchildren or great-great-grandchildren, great-
grandparents or great-grandparents. So to calculate the average of a generation, we
should divide the total of 120 years, that as a limit a human being can live, between
3 or 4 generations. This division would give us that a generation lives on average
from 30 to 40 years. This calculation can also be derived from the Bible itself.
Matthew, being a disciple of Christ, for simple reason of logic, is located as a
contemporary of Jesus. He tells us that 14 generations passed from the days of the
deportation of the Jewish people to Babylon, until the birth of Christ. "So all the
generations from Abraham to David are fourteen; from David to the deportation to
Babylon, fourteen; and from the deportation to Babylon to Christ, fourteen." (Mat
1:17). In our chronological-genealogical calculations of the 4,000 years, elapsed
from the creation to the birth of Jesus, we demonstrate that Abraham was born in
1996 BC That Solomon began the first year of his reign in 1020 BC, and as he was
40 years old age when he began to reign in Israel when his 70-year-old father
David died, this would also give us the date of David's birth . That is to say 70
years before his son reigned. So if 1020 BC, which was the first year of Solomon's
reign, we subtract 70 years would take us to 1090 BC, as the date of David's birth.
So if David was born in 1090 BC , and the deportation to Babylon was in 586 BC,
there is a difference of 504 years between the two dates. But according to (Matthew
1:17), from "from David to the deportation to Babylon", "fourteen" generations
passed. When we divide 504 by 14, it gives us an average of 36 years for each
generation. The main date of the deportation to Babylon was 586 BC, which was
when Jerusalem was destroyed by the armies of Nebuchadnezzar II. But the date
of Jesus' birth was 4 BC. Therefore , a period of 582 years passed from the date of
deportation to the birth of Christ. But when we divide the figure of 582 years
between 14 generations that passed in that period of time, it gives us an average of
41 years each generation. In other words, the average of a generation ranges from
30 to 40 years of age. All of this proves that it is a generation after World War II
that will see all of these signs of Matthew 24 come true in his day. We say this,
because the second world war ended in 1945 and from there until 2014 Christ has
not yet returned and a period of time of 69 years has passed. This number of years
constitutes almost double a generation. We must also understand that he could not
refer to the generation of the Second World War, since many countries did not get
involved in it. In many parts of the planet they learned months and years after the
war began that a global conflagration had broken out. But millions in the
world died without hardly knowing that the world had suffered two world wars.
The global telecommunications industry began its development on a global scale
after the end of the Second World War. This was from the 1950s onwards.
From 1945 onwards the world became bipolar. On the one hand, there was the
capitalist bloc with the USA at the forefront as the ruling superpower. On the
opposite side was the side of the countries of the socialist bloc with the USSR at the
head. Those years are known in history as the period of the cold war. Starting in
1945, the world experienced an intense period of threat of nuclear war between
these two antagonistic blocks, but blood never reached the river. Everything
remained in simple threats. After this came a remarkable date in history that will
never be forgotten by the generation that lived through those moments. I belong to
this generation. That date was 1991. In that year the period of the cold war ended
with the unimaginable disintegration of the USSR , with the formation of the CIS
or Commonwealth of Independent States, which would later end up dividing into
the former Soviet independent republics. That same year George Bush Sr., as the
incumbent President of the United States, was the puppet of the Jesuits to
pronounce, for the first time in public, on September 11, the controversial phrase of
the Illuminatti that speaks about the formation of a New World Order, in his State
of the Union address. That was the year that marked the beginning of the last
generation that would see all the signs of Matthew 24 fulfilled in their day. We say
this, with all confidence, since from that date on our unipolar world began to hear
of "wars and rumors of wars" as never before heard and seen in the history of
humanity. In that year, with the Gulf War, the world "crusade" against the Arab
Muslim world began under the name of "Desert Storm". It was in 1991 that the
world contemplated, in every corner of the planet, on a global scale , through
television cameras, the war unleashed in
Kuwait against the Iraqi army of Saddam Hussein. As of that date, the foundations
and structures of the New World Order of the Illuminati Jesuits began to be
implanted in the world , making the media on a global scale the spokespersons for
"wars and rumors of wars", as a business Daily media that peaked at the other
extremely remarkable date of September 11, 2001. That day was planned, on the
Illuminati agenda, so that it would never again be erased from our minds. The
image of the demolition of the Twin Towers at the World Trade Center in New
York City, holds the unmatched record of a repeated scene, even madness, before
the sight of humanity. The repetition of that image, through the mass media of
planet Earth, has scratched the disc of so much and so much repeated on a
planetary level during the day and night, and night and day. So much so that it
approaches the ridiculous and the absurd. And from this marked date, in the
chronology of the postmodern history of humanity, a new era was born to which
historians look for a new name. Our world is a different one after these events
of 9 \ 11. We do not have to wait for historians to find a name for this new
historical era to know that it will be called the era of the New World Order, since it
is on the planned agenda of the Jesuits in Rome. From that historic , remarkable
and unforgettable date, the geopolitical, economic and religious situation on a
world scale worsened. This is how the reason was created to start an endless world
war against the specter of international terrorism, which will gradually align the
world into two antagonistic sides that will set the stage for the prelude to the third
world war. This is all a big lie from the media, controlled by the Jesuits in Rome,
who are the true secret terrorists of our world. Since that date, "wars and rumors of
wars" have appeared before our eyes, almost daily in all the media on the
planet. Thus without respite, since 2001, "nation against nation and kingdom
against kingdom" has risen . All these events will prepare all the armies of the
Earth, to fight among themselves and against the people of God in the apocalyptic
battle of Armageddon. This is previously planned in the Illuminati agenda and
was written, in a letter dated August 15, 1871, by Albert Pike, who was a 33rd
degree Freemason, and the Illuminati High Pontiff of world Freemasonry, to his
colleague Giusseppe Mazzinni. Undoubtedly, there are no more distinguished and
prominent dates than 1991 and 2001, for our generation. I challenge anyone who
can show me or point to any modern date that exceeds the historical importance of
these two. If he can do it, I will decline my idea, but if he can't do it, it is time for
him to think that this generation does not have much opportunity
time left . Therefore these two dates are the ones that mark the beginning of the
last generation announced by Jesus to his disciples from the Mount of Olives. We
have already verified that a generation ranges from 30 to 40 years. Therefore, if we
take these two marked and remarkable historical dates as a reference, they will
lead us to a surprising and repeated date. That date will be the year 2031 again. If
we take the first date, which in this case is 1991, and add the highest number of
years of a generation that is 40 years, the result would place us precisely in the year
2031 AD. But if to the second date, which is the year 2001, we add the lesser
number of the average years of a generation, which would be 30 years, we
arrived at the very year 2031 AD These calculations confirm the previous five that
take us to the same year AD 2031 Therefore Jesus, in the prophetic words of
(Matthew 24:34), was referring to the generation that had to be born between the
years 1991 to 2001. This final generation will be 30 or 40 years old, when the last
sign mentioned in (Mat 24:29). This generation would see all the signs mentioned
by Jesus in Matthew 24 come true in the days of their lives, without missing a
single one of them. This includes mandatory Sunday law in the US and on a global
scale, the decree of death against God's people that keeps the Sabbath, and the
falsification of the second coming of Jesus by Satan. But Jesus warned us about the
following with the following words: "When these things begin to happen, stand up
and raise your head, because your redemption is near." (Luc 21:28). And the
apostle Paul continues to warn us the following: "But you, brethren, are not
in darkness, so that that day may surprise you as a thief. For all of you are children
of light and children of the day; we are not of the night or of darkness Therefore let
us not sleep like the others, but let us watch and be sober. "(1 Thess 5: 4-6). We can
only define the day and month of our Gregorian calendar, in accordance with the
Jewish religious calendar, as Samuel Snow did in the past, to know when Jews
celebrate worldwide, in the year 2031 AD, the feast of Tabernacles, Enramadas,
Cabins or Sukkot. I am not sure that this is the case, but searching the INTERNET
for a converter from the Jewish to the Gregorian Calendar, this establishes that the
date from Tishri 15 to 21 or the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar falls from
October 2 to 8 in the year AD 2031 Plus the eighth day, which is the 22nd of Tishri,
would fall on the 9th of October. On that eighth day the holy convocation was
celebrated. But this happens in the traditional Hebrew rabbinic calendar, which is
not entirely correct regarding the 6000 year relationship, since until 2014, it only
collects 5774 years from creation when it is balanced with the Gregorian
calendar. The Jews varied these dates intentionally, so that the prophecies in the
book of Daniel did not coincide on the exact date, in relation to the Gregorian
calendar. This they did to avoid having to recognize that the true Messiah (the
Lord Jesus of Nazareth), came at the exact time announced by the messianic
prophecies of chapter 9 of the book of the prophet Daniel. This prophecy,
explained in an earlier chapter, accurately foretold the dates of Jesus' baptism and
crucifixion. But it also announced the date when the Jewish nation would cease to
be the conduit of divine present truth to the world, by rejecting the truth that Jesus
was the Messiah sent from God. When Samuel Snow and the Millerites defined the
date of the day of atonement for October 22, in the year 1844 AD, they took as
reference the calendar of the Karaite Jews. Which is not permanently adjusted to
the Gregorian calendar. This worked by counting the beginning of each month
from the New Moon. Now to better understand this aspect, I will share with you
the explanation given by the Karaite Jews themselves, to count each month of their
year, based on the phases of the Moon. The Biblical / Karaite Calendar The
Ripening of Barley and the fixing of the New Year "The Bible indicates that the first
month of the year coincides with the first new moon after the barley is ripe
(Hebrew: Abib). This is called the month of "Abib" and it is the month we leave
Egypt. At the 15th of this month Easter begins (Exodus 12: 2, Exodus 13: 4, Exodus
23:15). Some years, we have to wait for a lunar month extra (called “leap month”
month) for barley to ripen. The Rabbis, in the time when they had no access to the
land of Israel, developed a system to approximate the method of barley
maturation. The Rabbis have adopted a 19-year cycle that adds a “leap” year (13-
lunar month year) to each second or third year, with a total of seven “leap” years
distributed throughout the 19-year cycle. In the 18th century, the Karaites of Egypt,
Syria, and Israel sent observers throughout from the land of Israel to examine the
state of the barley. The Karaites who lived in distant countries of the Land of Israel
were really unable to follow Abib; However, they recognized it as the true
calendar. When the occasional traveler from the Middle East traversed these
distant Karaite communities, he inquired about Abib and adjusted the festivals
according to the information provided that year. They also declared that as soon as
their communities were blessed with the return to the Land of Israel, they would
immediately return to keeping the feasts according to the Biblical method of
Abib. In fact, until the 2nd century AD the Rabanites continued to keep the Abib
calendar. Although the Rabanitas supplemented the observation of barley with
their astronomical calculations of the equinox (which they learned from
astrologers) and with other factors - not Biblical - which the Karaites object to,
nevertheless the writings reveal that they recognized that barley has
a special importance when it comes to inserting the year. A Brayta (2nd century
AD of Tanaitic origin) quoted in the Babylonian Talmud says as follows: 'Our
Rabbis taught: Based on three things the year is interspersed: in Abib, in the fruits
of the trees, and in the eq uinoccio. Based on two of them the year is intercalated,
but based on only one the year is not intercalated. And when Abib is one of them
we are all satisfied. ' (Sanhedrin Bavli 11b) Another Brayta relates: 'Our Rabbis
taught, The year is interspersed based on in three regions: Judea, Transjordan, and
Galilee. Based on two of them the year is intercalated but based on one of them
only the year is not intercalated. And when Judea is one of them we are all satisfied
because the Omer Offering [The Offering of the Wave Sheaf of Barley] can only
come from Judea. ' (Sanhedrin Bavli 11b). Thus, even the Rabbinic literature
emphasizes the importance of the degree of maturation of barley in determining
the beginning of the New Year. "The New Moon" A characteristic of the observant
Karaites has always been their compliance with Biblical practice to use the physical
method of seeing the moon to declare the new months and set the dates of the
holidays. Originally the Rabanitas also followed this calendar and its scope is
discussed in the Talmud (see Mishnah Rosh Hashanah). The Rabanites continued
with the method of observing the appearance of the New Moon until at least the
2nd Century AD, but gradually replaced it with the primitive calculations with
which they tried to approach the lunar cycle. In contrast, the Karaites remained
true to the true Biblical calendar and continued to follow the method of observing
the New Moon throughout the Middle Ages. The Karaites' commitment to
the Biblical calendar was so ingrained in their conscience that a solemn oath had
been incorporated into their wedding ceremony "to keep the Holy times ordered
according to the visibility of the New Moon and the discovery of Abib (maturation
of the it's barley pigs) in the Land of Israel. " In the same way, on the Great Feasts
the congregation of Caraitas declared the truth of the calendar in relation to the
New Moon and Abib. The Bible clearly indicates that the moon determines the
Biblical calendar. The evidence for this comes from the (Ps 104: 19) wherein it is
stated: "Did the moon for Mo'adim [marked time]." Keeping the festivities in their
proper time is a direct commandment of the Torah, as it is written: "These are the
Mo'adim [ appointed times] of YHWH, the holy gatherings that you will call on the
appointed dates [Mo'adam]" (Leviticus 23: 4). During most services at the Karaite
feasts, this verse is read aloud by the hazzan and is repeated by the entire
congregation expressing the Karaites' adherence to this clear biblical mandate. At a
time when the Israelites did not have daily access to the Land of Israel, the Rabbis
developed a system to approximate the new moon sighting roughly. H oy,
however, now that we have access to the Land of Israel, we can resume the method
of sighting of the moon in various places in Israel. These new sightings of the
moon show that Rabbinical calculations for the calendar are to me knot
incorrect. When asked why they do not change their method of determining the
new moon by the actual method of lunar sighting, the Rabbis often reply that only
the Sanhedrin can declare a new moon. Since today we do not have the Sanhedrin,
they go further in their affirmations assuring that we must follow the Rabbinical
calculations that the new moons have predicted. This is the idea presented in the
following article from the Chabad, the Jewish movement, regarding the beginning
of Passover. "(Excerpted from an interview with New Moon expert Dr. Roy
Hoffman of the Hebrew University of Jerusalem in Tse 'irei Chabad [the Chabad
Youth Movement], Sichat Hashavua, Parashat Vayakhel-Pekudei, 5761 [Issue No.
742] p.4) Although the calendar of the Rabanites served a need of the distant
Jewish communities of Israel at one time that the Jews were banished from Israel,
we must now, since we have access to the Land of Israel, return to the method of
physical observation of barley and the moon. Yom Teruah-el Rosh Hashanah
Rabanita "The Biblical / Karaite calendar also differs from the Rabbinical calendar
in observance of the Jewish New Year. The Rabanita calendar places the beginning
of the year - "Rosh Hashanah" - on a feast which the Bibli a refers to as Yom Teruah
(Day of Acclamation), which falls on the first day of the Seventh month. As we
have just discussed, the Karaites celebrate the New Year in the month of the Feast
of Unleavened Bread. Since the Torah states: "This month will be the beginning of
the month for you; it will be the first of the months of the year" (Exodus 12:
2). After this explicit statement, the Torah proceeds to describe the ceremony of the
Easter sacrifice that is to fall in this First month. Similarly, Leviticus 23 and
Numbers 2 8 mention the feasts, and both passages describe the Passover Sacrifice
in the First month and Yom Teruah in the Seventh month. The Karaites do not
sound a Shofar on Yom Teruah. This is because there is no commandment to order
it. According to the Rabbinical tradition "Teruah" (from the Hebrew
Root: ‫עור‬ (refers to a sound created by a
Shofar (Ram's Horn). However, the same root word ( ‫(עור‬It is used in Numbers
23:21 to mean acclamation and in Numbers 10: 5-6 where we are told to blow silver
trumpets. It is interesting that five verses later God commands us to blow the silver
trumpets on the New Moon, that is to say, the first day of each month (see
Numbers 10:10) What is clearly deduced from all these verses is that the word
Teruah, mentioned this time after the word day, is a general term that describes a
loud noise made either by a Ram's horn, by a silver trumpet, by cymbals, or even
by a congregation praying to God. Since a horn is blown in the form of a trumpet
on every first day of the month, we must ask why Yom Teruah, the first day of the
Seventh Month is set aside as a holy assembly. Unfortunately, the Torah itself does
not tell us why this day is set aside as a Mo'ed (Designated Time). However, since
is the beginning of the month that Y om Kippur and Succot take place, their
importance is evident. This appears to be a national day for the Israelites to
prepare for the upcoming feasts. In an agricultural society, Succot, a feast thanking
God for the harvest and asking for a healthy harvest for the coming year, is of
utmost importance. The Karaites have always used Yom Teruah as a national day
of prayer and preparation for the upcoming Feasts of the Seventh Month.
"(Translated by: Baruch Prieto) More on the calculation of the new moon by the
Karaites" The Biblical month begins with the Crescent New Moon, also called First
Visible Nail. The Hebrew word for month (Hodesh) literally means New Moon
and by extension only the period between one New Moon and the next. The
Midrash Rabanita relates that when God said to Moses "This month (HODESH)
will be for you the first of the months" (Ex 12: 2) the Almighty pointed in the
heavens at the rising New Moon and said: "When the See thus, sanctify! [= declare
the day of the New Moon]. " This Rabbinical fairy tale highlights an important
point, namely that it is never mentioned in the Bible that we should determine the
first of the months based on the New Moon. The reason for this is that the term for
"Month" (Hodesh) implies that the month begins with the rising New Moon. As
will be seen, this would have been obvious to any ancient Israelite present when
Moses read YHWH's prophecies to the People of Israel and there had been no need
to elucidate this concept as well as, under such conditions it would have been
necessary to clarify concepts such as "brilliant "or" dark ". However, due to the
long exile, we have lost the use of Biblical Hebrew as a language of daily
use. Therefore, we will have to reconstruct the meaning of Hodesh from the use of
the word in the Biblical text using recognized linguistic principles. He Created the
Moon for the Feasts There can be no doubt that the Biblical Feasts depend on the
moon. The strongest proof for this is in the following biblical passage: "He created
the Moon for Mo'adim [designated times]." (Psalm 104: 19). The Hebrew
term Mo'adim [designated times], is the same word that describes the Biblical
Feasts. Leviticus 23 containing a catalog of the Biblical Feasts begins with the
following statement: "These are the Mo'adim [appointed times] of YHWH, holy
assemblies that you will proclaim in due course [Mo'adam]." So when the Psalmist
tells us that God created the Moon for Mo'adim [designated times] he means that
the Moon was created to determine the time of YHWH's Mo'adim, that is, the
Biblical Feasts . "Hodesh" is Related to the Moon The previous verse clearly teaches
us that the holidays are related to the moon. But when the Torah was given, Psalm
104 had not yet been written by the Levitical prophets, and the question of how
the ancient Israelites could know this still remains. The answer is that the Hebrew
word for month (Hodesh) indicates a direct relationship to the moon. We can see
this relationship in several cases where Hodesh (month) is used interchangeably
with the word "Yerah", the common Hebrew Biblical word for moon which by
extension also means "month". For example: "... in the month (Yerah) of Ziv, what
is the Second month (Hodesh) ..." (1Kings 6: 1). "... in the month (Yerah) of Ethanim
... what is the Seventh month (Ho desh) ..." (1Kings 8: 2). Another proof that
Hodesh is related to the Moon (Yerah) is the phrase "One Hodesh (month) of days"
(Gen 29:14; Nu 11: 19-20) [meaning a period of 29 or 30 days ] which is equivalent
to the phrase "A Yerah (month / moon) of days " (Dt 21:13; 2Kings 15:13). Then
clearly Hodesh is related to "Yerah" which literally means "moon". "Hodesh"
Means New Moon (Day) The primary meaning of Hodesh (month) is really "New
Moon" or "New Moon Day" and only by e xtension came to mean "month", which
is the period between a new moon and the next. This main meaning is preserved in
various passages such as (1Sam 20: 5) in which Jonathan says to David "Tomorrow
is the New Moon (Hodesh)." Clearly in this verse Hodesh is used to refer
specifically to the day the month begins and not the entire month. Another passage
that Hodesh uses in its main sense is (Ez 46: 1) which talks about "The Day (Yom)
of the New Moon (Ha-Hodesh)." Clearly in this verse Hodes (New Moon) is a
particular event and the beginning of the month is the day this event (New Moon)
happens. The Biblical New Moon is the "First Crescent" "Hodesh" (New Moon),
derived from the root HDSH. (‫(שדח‬which means "new" or "make new / renew." The
Crescent New Moon is called Hodesh because it is the first time that the moon is
seen again after being hidden for several days at the end of the lunar cycle. At the
end of the month lunar the Moon is close to the Sun: ⦁ Reaching the point of
"conjunction" when it passes between the Sun and Earth. ⦁ As a result, near the
moment of conjunction, a very small part of the moon's illuminated surface is
looking at the Earth and not visible through the much brighter sunlight. Once the
alignment point is reached, the moon continues to move towards the opposite side
of the Earth. ⦁ As the percentage moves away from the sun of its illuminated
surface visible from Earth increases and one afternoon shortly after sunset the
Moon is seen again after being invisible for 1.5-3.5 days. ⦁ Because the Moon is seen
again after a period of invisibility is po r what the ancients called "New Moon" or
"Hodesh" (from Hadash, meaning "new"). Crescent New Moon versus
Astronomical New Moon Many people are disoriented by the inaccurate use in
modern languages of the term "New Moon". Modern astronomers adopted this
unusual term, which had always been related to the first visible nail, and used it to
refer to the conjunction (when the Moon passes between Earth and the Sun, when
it is not visible). Astronomers soon understood that the inaccurate use of "New
Moon" to refer to the conjunction would lead to confusion, so scientists to be more
precise now distinguish between "Astronomical New Moon" and "Crescent New
Moon". The "astronomical" New Moon means New Moon as the term is used by
astronomers, that is to say conjunction. In contrast, "Crescent New Moon" uses the
term with the original meaning of the first visible nail. A good dictionary should
reflect both meanings. For example, the Random House Dictionary of the English
Language, Full Edition defines New Moon as: "The moon when being, in
conjunction with the sun and the earth, is invisible; [Astronomical New Moon] or
visible [Crescent New Moon] visible only as a fine crescent. " The Alleged Evidence
For "Hidden Moon" Because of the bewilderment generated by the use of the term
New Moon in modern astronomy, some people have sought Biblical support for
this incorrect meaning of the term, citing (Ps. 81: 3) what it says: " Sound the horn
on the Keseh (New Moon), on the appointed day, on the Day of our Hag (feast).
" According to the "Theory" of the Hidden Moon, the term "Keseh" is derived from
the root KSY which means "to cover" and therefore means "covered moon" or
"hidden moon". According to this interpretation, when the verse says to blow the
horn on the day of Keseh, what it really means is "Blow the horn on the day of the
Hidden Moon." However, the language does not support this argument either
since the second half of the verse refers to the day of Keseh as "the day of our Feast
(Hag)." In the Bible, Feast (Hag) is a technical term that always refers to the three
annual pilgrimage feasts (Matzot, Shavuot, Sukkot; see Ex 23; Ex 34). New Moon
Day (Hodesh) is never classified as a " Pilgrimage Party", therefore (Keseh / Hag)
cannot be synonymous with New Moon Day (Hodesh). It has also been suggested
that Keseh refers to the Biblical feast of Yom Teruah (Acclamation Day), which
always falls on New Moon Day. However, the Bible describes Yom Teruah as a
Moed (designated time) and never as a Hag (Feast of Pilgrimage) therefore
(Keseh / Hag) cannot refer to Yom Teruah either. What Does Keseh Really
Mean? Keseh is probably related to the Aramaic word "Kista" and the Assyrian
word "Kuseu" which means "full moon" (see Brown-Driver-Briggs p.490b)
[Hebrew, Aramaic, and Assyrian are all Semitic languages and they often share
common roots]. This fits in perfectly with the description of Keseh as Hag day
since two of the three Pilgrimage Feasts (Hag HaMatzot and Hag HaSukkot) fall on
the 15th of the month which is approximately the time of the Full Moon! More
about "Hidden Moon" Another point to consider is that there really is no "day" of
the hidden moon . In fact, the moon remains hidden for 1.5 to 3.5 days in the
Middle East. It has been proposed that the "day" of the hidden moon is actually the
day of conjunction (when the moon passes between Earth and Sun). However, just
1,000 years after Moses is when Babylonian astronomers discovered how to
calculate the moment of conjunction. Consequently, the ancient Israelites had no
way of knowing when the moment of conjunction took place and they could not
know on what day "the Day" of the Hidden Moon would take place. It has been
suggested that the ancient Israelites could look at the "Full Moon" and determine
the Day of Conjunction from the moment the Full Moon was no longer visible in
the morning sky. However, such a method would not have been effective in the
Middle East where the so-called "Hidden Moon" can remain Hidden even for 3.5
days! In fact, it is usual for the moon to remain hidden for up to 2.5 days and in
such circumstances, how could the ancient Israelites have known what the Day of
Conjunction was? Against it, the ancient Israelites were fully aware of the New
Crescent Moon. In ancient societies people worked from sunrise to sunset and
were aware that the full moon becomes smaller and smaller in the morning
sky. When the morning moon had disappeared the ancient Israelites anxiously
awaited its reappearance for 1.5-3.5 days in the evening sky. Having remained
hidden for several days and reappearing in the evening sky they would have
called it "New Moon" or "Hodesh" (from Hadash meaning "New"). Note 1: From
the perspective of an observer located on Earth. Note 2: That is, it is on the same
plane as the Sun and Earth. Note 3: (see Br own-Driver-Briggs pp.290b-291a). Even
in the few cases where Hag does not refer to the three Biblical Pilgrimage Feasts,
he is referring to non-Biblical pilgrimage feasts. For example, in (Judges 21:19),
Hag refers to the annual feast of pilgrimage that took place in Shiloh. Also, in
(Exodus 10: 9) Moses tells Pharaoh that the Israelites must leave Egypt to celebrate
a Hag to YHWH in the desert which is clearly a pilgrimage feast. It should be
noted that Moses says that they have a Hag, implying that they must make a
pilgrimage, in this case to Mt. Sinai, and that therefore they must leave Egypt to
observe the Hag properly. " (Translated by Baruch Prieto Karaite Korner English
site Rincón Caraí ta Copyright © 2012. All Rights Reserved Website Template
created with Artisteer by Osvaldo Ríos Duque.) In light of all this explanation
everything seems to indicate that we would have to wait for the New Moon that
begins the AD 2031, in the month of Nisan to be able to calculate exactly the arrival
of the beginning of the seventh month that would be in the autumn of that same
year; to know when the days 15 to 22 of the seventh month (Tishri) fall, in our
Gregorian civil calendar, to celebrate SUKKOT, or the Tabernacles . One thing we
can be sure of today and now, is that the first four spring festivals were fulfilled
regarding the event and time framed in its celebration ritual ion Then the three
remaining feasts, celebrated in the fall, must be followed according to the same
time pattern assigned by the symbolic ritual of Leviticus 23. But if up to the present
six have been fully fulfilled, in terms of event and time, who are very prominent in
their symbolic ritual, we should not doubt that the seventh feast, which is the
second annual Harvest, on the days of the celebration of Tabernacles, must be
antitypically fulfilled with all exactness as to the event and time foretold in its
symbolic ritual as the six parties that preceded it. So now we will conclude by
quoting the writings of Ellen White and the Bible with which the writing of this
book began and they say thus: "Now the message of the angel that follows the
third should be given in all parts of the world . It must be the harvest message, and
the whole earth will be illuminated with the glory of the Lord. " (Letter 86, 1900;
EUD. P 177. APIA) 14 "I looked, and behold a white cloud; and on the cloud sat
one like the Son of Man, who had a golden crown on his head , and on the He took
a sharp sickle with his hand. 15 And another angel came out of the temple, crying
out with a loud voice to the one who sat on the cloud: Put in your sickle and reap,
for the time to reap has come, for the harvest of the earth is ripe. And he that sat
upon the cloud put his sickle into the earth, and the earth was reaped. 17 Another
angel came out of the temple that is in heaven, having also a sharp sickle. 18 And
another angel came out from the altar, who had power over the fire, and called to
the one who had the sharp sickle with a loud voice , saying, "Put your sharp sickle
in, and harvest the clusters of the earth, because their grapes are ripe." 19 And the
angel threw his sickle on the ground, and He harvested the vineyard from the
ground, and poured the grapes into the great winepress of God's wrath. 20 And
the winepress was trodden outside the city, and blood came out of the winepress
until horse bridles, for sixteen hundred stadia. "
(REVELATION 14:14 TO 20)